 |
 |
| WAG
- WAL -
WALLON - WAS - WASHBURN
- WATSON - WE - WECHSLER
- WH - WI -
WITKIN - WO - WOLPE
- WOODWORTH - WR -
WUNDT - WY |
 Wacker
David P. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment de la communication
fonctionnelle et de la mise
en relief. Collaborateur de Derby,
Fisher, Hagopian,
Iwata, Lerman,
Nevin, Northup,
Ringdahl, Shahan,
Thompson et Vollmer.
 |
 WACKER, D.P. & BERG, W.K. (1983). Effects of picture
prompts on the acquisition of complex vocational tasks by
mentally retarded adolescents. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 16 (4), 417-433. [PDF]
|
|
WACKER, D.P., BERG, W.K., BERRIE, P. & SWATTA, P.
(1985). Generalization and maintenance of complex skills
by severely handicapped adolescents following picture
prompt training. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (4), 329-336.
[PDF] |
| WACKER, D.P., STEEGE, M.W., NORTHUP, J., SASSO, G.M., BERG, W.K., REIMERS, T.M., COOPER, L.J., CIGRAND, K. &
DONN, L. (1990). A component analysis of functional
communication training across three topographies of severe
behavior problems. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 23 (4), 417-429.
[PDF] |
|
WACKER, D.P., LEE, J.F., YPADILLA-DALMAU, Y.C., KOPELMAN,
T.G., LINDGREN, S.D., KUHLE, J., PELZEL, K.E. &
WALDRON, D.B. (2013). Conducting functional analyses of
problem behavior via telehealth. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 31-46. [PDF] |
| WACKER, D.P. (2018). The mentoring program in the
Department of Pediatrics, the University of Iowa. Behavior
Analysis in Practice, 11, 189-193. [PDF] |
 |
 |
|
Wadden Thomas A. (1952-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste des troubles
alimentaires et de l'obésité.
Il s'intéresse aussi à l'hypnose.
Collaborateur de Butryn,
Courneya,
Sawrer, Stunkard et
Wilson.
 |
WADDEN, T.A. & FLAXMAN, J. (1981). Hypnosis and weight
loss : A preliminary study. International Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 29 162-173. |
|
WADDEN, T.A., STERNBERG, J.A., LETIZIA, K.A., STUNKARD,
A.J. & FOSTER, G.D. (1989). Treatment of obesity by
very low calorie diet, behavior therapy, and their
combination : a five-year perspective. International Journal of Obesity, 13 (S2), 39-46. |
|
WADDEN, T.A. (1993). Treatment of obesity by moderate and
severe caloric restriction : Results of clinical research
trials. Annals of Internal Medicine, 119,
688-693. |
|
WADDEN, T.A., BERKOWITZ, R.I., WOMBLE, L.G., SARWER, D.B.,
PHELAN, S., CATO, R., HESSON, L.A., OSEI, S.Y., KAPLAN, R.
& STUNKARD, A.J. (2005). Randomized trial of lifestyle
modification and pharmacotherapy for obesity. New
England Journal of Medicine, 353 (20), 2111-2120. |
|
WADDEN, T.A., BUTRYN, M.L. & WILSON, C. (2007).
Lifestyle modification for the management of obesity. Gastroenterology, 132 (6), 2226-2238. |
|
|
|
Waddington Conrad Hal (Evesham 1905-1975 Édimbourg) : Biologiste,
paléontologue, embryologiste
et généticien anglais.
Il s'est intéressé aux fondements et au rôle dans l'évolution
de l'épigénèse. On
lui doit d'ailleurs ce dernier concept.
 |
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1940). Organisers and genes.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1942). Canalisation of development and
the inheritance of acquired characters. Nature, 150,
563-565. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1956). Principles of embryology.
London : George Allen & Unwin. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1957). The strategy of the genes.
London : George Allen & Unwin. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1966). New patterns in genetics and
development. New York : Columbia University Press. |
|
|
VAN SPEYBROECK, L. (2002). From epigenesis to epigenetics
: The case of C.H. Waddington. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 981, 61-81. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wade
Kimberley A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine,
d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mémoire,
épisodique et autobiographique,
notamment en ce qui concerne les faux
souvenirs. Collaboratrice de Otgaar,
Pedzek, Loftus
et Mazzoni.
|
WADE, K.A., GARRY, M., READ, J.D. & LINDSAY, D S.
(2002). A picture is worth a thousand lies : Using false
photographs to create false childhood memories. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 9 (3), 597-603. |
|
WADE, K.A. & GARRY, M. (2005). Strategies for
verifying false autobiographical memories. American
Journal of Psychology, 118, 587-602. |
|
WADE, K.A., SHARMAN, S.J., GARRY, M., MENON, A., MAZZONI,
G., MERKELBACH, H. & LOFTUS, E.F. (2007). False claims
about false memory research. Consciousness &
Cognition, 16 (1), 18-28. |
|
WADE, K.A., GREEN, S. & NASH, R.A. (2010). Can
fabricated evidence induce false eyewitness testimony ? Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 24, 899-908. |
|
WADE, K.A., GARRY, M. & PEZDEK, K. (2018).
Deconstructing rich false memories of committing crime :
Commentary on Shaw and Porter (2015). Psychological
Science, 29 (3), 471-476. |
|
|
|
Wade
Nicholas J. (1942-) : Neurocognitiviste
écossais et historien
des sciences, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision
et de la perception.
|
WADE, N.J. (1973). Orientation and spatial frequency
effects on linear afterimages. Perception &
Psychophysics, 13, 446-450. |
|
WADE, N.J. & HELLER, D. (1997). Scopes of perception :
The experimental manipulation of space and time. Psychological
Research, 60, 227-237. |
|
WADE, N.J. (2002). Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802). Perception,
31, 643-650. [PDF] |
|
WADE, N.J. (2007). Alzheimer's memory. Perception,
36, 1111-1114. [PDF] |
|
WADE, N.J. (2011). Eye contricks. i-Perception, 2,
486-501. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wade
Tracey D. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-behavioriste
australienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de comportements
et des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de la boulimie.
Collaboratrice de Andersson,
Carlbring, Egan,
Bulik,
Fairburn, Kendler Rozental,
Shafran et
Tiggemann.
|
WADE, T.D., TIGGEMANN, M., ABRAHAM, S., HEATRH, A.,
TRELOAR, S.A. & MARTIN, N.G. (1996). The structure of
disordered eating in a female twin population. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 19, 63-71. |
|
WADE, T.D., TIGGEMANN, M. MARTIN, N.G. & HEATH, A.C.
(1997). Characteristics of interview refusers : women who
decline to participate in interviews relating to eating.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 22, 95-99. |
|
WADE, T.D., BULIK, C.M. & KENDLER, K.S. (2000).
Reliability of lifetime history of bulimia nervosa :
comparison with major depression. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 177, 72-76. |
|
WADE, T.D., BULIK, C.M., PRESCOTT, S. & KENDLER, K.S.
(2004). Sex influences on shared risk factors for bulimia
nervosa and other psychiatric disorders. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 61, 251-256. [PDF] |
| WADE, T.D., BERGIN, J.L., TIGGEMANN, M., BULIK, C.M. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2006). Prevalence and long-term course of
lifetime eating disorders in an adult Australian twin
cohort. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 40, 121-128. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| WA
- WAGENMAKERS - WAGER - WAGNER
- WAIS - WAKEFIELD -
WAL |
Wagemans Johan (1963-) : Psychologue belge et spécialiste de l'étude de la perception.
Collaborateur de Kubovy.
|
WAGEMANS, J. (1986). Direct theory of perception : An
evaluation by representatives of indirect theories of
perception. L'Année Psychologique, 86 (2),
261-273. |
|
WAGEMANS, J. (1988). Modules in vision : A case study of
interdisciplinarity in cognitive science. Acta
Psychologica, 67 (1), 59-93. |
|
WAGEMANS, J. VAN GOOL. & LAMOTE, C. (1996). The visual
system's measurement of invariants need not itself be
invariant. Psychological Science, 7 (4),
232-236. |
|
WAGEMANS, J., VAN LIER, R. & SCHOLL, B.J. (2006).
Introduction to Michotte's heritage in perception and
cognition research. Acta Psychologica, 123,
1-19. |
|
WAGEMANS, J., ELDER, J.H., KUBOVY, M., PALMER, S.E.,
PETERSON, M.A., SINGH, M. & VON DER HEYDT, R. (2012).
A century of gestalt psychology in visual perception : I.
Perceptual grouping and figure-ground organization.
Psychological Bulletin, doi: 10.1037/a0029333 [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wagenmakers
Eric Jan (Naarland 1972-) : Psychologue
cogntiviste
américain et méthodologiste d'origine néerlandaise,
spécialisé dans l'étude du modèle bayesien et dans son application
à la prise de décision statistique en psychologie. Collaborateur
de Hoekstra, Pecher,
Raaijmakers, Ratcliff,
Rouder, Shiffrin
et Zeelenberg.
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., ZEELENBERG, R. & RAAJIMAKERS,
J.G.W. (2000). Testing the counter model for perceptual
identification : Effects of repetition priming and word
frequency. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 7,
662-667. [PDF] |
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., STEYVERS, M., RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.,
SHIFFRIN, R.M., VAN RIJN, H. & ZEELENBERG, R. (2004).
A model for evidence accumulation in lexical decision. Cognitive
Psychology, 48, 332-367. [PDF] |
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., LODEWYCK, T., KURIYAL, H. &
GRASMAN, R. (2010). Bayesian hypothesis testing for
psychologists : A tutorial on the Savage-Dickey method. Cognitive
Psychology, 60, 158-189. |
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., WETZELS, R., BORSBOOM, D. & VAN
DER MAAS, H. (2011). Why psychologists must change the way
they analyze their data : The case of psi. A comment on
Bem (2011). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 100, 426-432. [PDF] |
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., WETZELS, R., BORSBOOM, D. & VAN
DER MAAS, H. & KIEVIT, R.A. (2012). An agenda for
purely confirmatory research. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 7, 627-633. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wager
Tor D. ( ) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'effet
placebo. Collaborateur de Benedetti,
Colloca,
Jonides, Kosslyn et
Smith.
|
WAGER, T.D., JONIDES, J. & READING, S. (2004).
Neuroimaging studies of shifting attention : A
meta-analysis. Neuroimage, 22, 1679-1693. |
|
WAGER, T.D., RILLING, J.K., SMITH, E.E., SOKOLOK, A.,
CASEY, K.L., DAVIDSON, R J., KOSSLYN, S.M., ROSE, R.M.
& COHEN, J.D. (2004). Placebo-induced changes in fMRI
in the anticipation and experience of pain. Science,
303, 1162-1167. |
|
WAGER, T.D. & NITSCHKE, J.B. (2005). Placebo effects
in the brain : Linking mental and physiological
processes. Brain, Behavior, & Immunity, 19,
281-282. |
|
WAGER, T.D., MATRE, D. & CASEY, K.L. (2006). Placebo
effects in laser-evoked pain potentials. Brain,
Behavior, & Immunity, 20, 219-230. |
|
WAGER, T.D., DAVIDSON, M.L., HUGHES, B.L., LINDQUIST, M.A.
& OCHSNER, K.N. (2008). Prefrontal-subcortical
pathways mediating successful emotion regulation. Neuron,
59, 1037-1050. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wagner
Allan R. (Springfield États-Unis 1934-2018 North
Haven) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du
conditionnement répondant, de l'inhibition
et de l'extinction. En
collaboration avec Rescorla, il a proposé un modèle
qui permet d'expliquer cette forme de conditionnement. Étudiant de
Spence. Collaborateur de Logan,
Mazur, Miller,
Rescorla et Siegel.
 |
WAGNER, A.R. & MILLER, N. (1962). Choice behavior and
resistance to extinction. Psychological Record, 12,
105-108. |
|
WAGNER, A.R. & TERRY, W.S. (1975). Backward
conditioning to a CS following an expected vs. a
surprising UCS. Animal Learning & Behavior, 3,
370-374. |
|
WAGNER, A.R., MAZUR, J.E., DONEGAN, N.H. & PFAUTZ,
P.L. (1980). Evaluation of blocking and conditioned
inhibition to a CS signaling a decrease in US intensity. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
6, 376-385. |
|
WAGNER, A.R. (2003). Context-sensitive elemental theory. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56B,
7-29. [PDF] |
|
WAGNER, A.R. (2008). Evolution of an elemental theory of
Pavlovian conditioning. Learning & Behavior, 36,
253-265. [PDF] |
|
|
WALKENBACH, J. & HADDAD, N.F. (1980). The
Rescorla-Wagner theory of conditioning : A review of the
literature. Psychological Record, 30, 497-509. |
|
MILLER, R.R., BARNET, R.C. & GRAHAME, N.J. (1995).
Assessment of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (3), 363-386. [PDF] |
|
SIEGEL, S. & ALLAN, L.G. (1996). The widespread
influence of the Rescorla-Wagner model. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 3, 314-321. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wagner
Richard K. (1950-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de l'apprentissage de la lecture
et de la dyslexie. Il
s'intéresse également à
l'intelligence pratique et aux connaissances
implicites. Collaborateur de
Sternberg et Torgesen.
|
WAGNER, R.K. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1985). Practical
intelligence in real-world pursuits : The role of tacit
knowledge. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 49 (2), 436-458. |
|
WAGNER, R.K. (1986). Phonological processing abilities and
reading : Implications for disabled readers. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 19, 623-630. |
|
WAGNER, R.K. & TORGESEN, J.K. (1987). The nature of
phonological processing and its causal role in the
acquisition of reading skills. Psychological
Bulletin, 101 (2), 192-212. [PDF] |
|
WAGNER, R.K., TORGESEN, J.K. & RASHOTTE, C.A. (1994).
Development of reading-related phonological processing
abilities: New evidence of bi-directional causality from a
latent variable longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 30, 73-87. |
|
WAGNER, R.K., TORGESEN, J.K. & RASHOTTE, C.A. (1994).
Comprehensive test of phonological processing.
Austin, TX : PRO-ED. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wagner-Jauregg
Julius (Weis 1857-1949 Vienne) :
Psychiatre autrichien et spécialiste de l'étude de la démence.
Il est le récipiendaire du prix
nobel de physiologie et de médecine de 1927.
|
WAGNER-JAUREGG, J. (1918). On the effect of malaria on
progressive paralysis. Psychiat.-neurol.
Wochenschrift, 21/22, 132-134. |
|
WAGNER-JAUREGG, J. (1921). The treatment of progressive
paralysis and tabes. Wiener Medizinische
Wochenschrift, 71 (25), 1105–1109/(27), 1209–1215. |
|
WAGNER-JAUREGG, J. (1930). On modern therapy of
neurosyphilis. Verhandlungen der Deutschen
Gesellschaft für Innere Medizin, 38, 34-62. |
|
WAGNER-JAUREGG, J. (1930). Fever and infection treatment
for neurological and mental illnesses. Wiener
Medizinische Wochenschrift, 20, 651–654. |
|
WAGNER-JAUREGG, J. (1931). On infection treatment of
progressive paralysis. Münchener Medizinische
Wochenschrift, 78, 4–7. |
|
|
WHITROW, M. (1990). Wagner-Jauregg and fever therapy. Medical
History, 34, 294-310. [PDF] |
|
WHITROW, M. (1993). Julius Wagner-Jauregg
(1857–1940). Smith-Gordon. |
HAAS, L.F. (2002). Julius Wagner-Jauregg (1857–1940). Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 72,
105.
|
|
HOWES, O.D., KHAMBHAITA, A. & FUSAR-POLLI, P. (2009).
Julius Wagner-Jauregg, 1857–1940. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 166 (4), 409. [PDF] |
|
GARTLEHNER, G. & STEPPER, K. (20212). Julius
Wagner-Jauregg : pyrotherapy, simultanmethode, and "racial
hygiene". Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 105
(8), 357-359. [PDF]
|
MENDELSON, W.B. (2022). The psychoanalyst and the Nazi
Nobelist : The curious story of Sigmund Freud and Julius
Wagner-Jauregg. Pythaghoras Press.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAIS
: Test
inventé en 1955 par Weschler pour
mesurer l'intelligence
des individus de plus de 16 ans. Caractéristiques principales :
Moyenne = 100 : Écart-Type = 15 : Maximum = 150. Wechsler
Adult Intelligence Scales.
|
| Q.I |
Évaluation/Classification |
| 69 et - |
Débile |
| 70 à 79 |
Intelligence
limite |
| 80
à 89 |
Intelligence
moyen faible |
| 90 à109 |
Intelligence
moyenne |
| 110 à
119 |
Intelligence
normale forte |
| 120 à
129 |
Intelligence
supérieure |
| 130 et
+ |
Intelligence
très supérieure |
|
|
| |
|
|
BLAHA, J. & WALBROWN, F.H. (1982). Hierarchical factor
structure of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale-Revised. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 50 (5), 652-660. |
|
FLYNN, J.R. (1985). Wechsler intelligence tests : Do we
really have a criterion of mental retardation ? American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 90, 236-244. |
|
BECK, N.C., HORWITZ, E., SEIDENBERG, M., PARKER, J. &
FRANK, R. (1985). WAIS-R factor structure in psychiatric
and general medical patients. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 53 (3), 402-405. |
|
CANAVAN, A.G.M., DUNN, G. & MCMILLAN, T.M. (1986).
Principal components of the WAIS-R. British Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 25 (2), 81-85. |
|
CRAWFORD, J.R., ALLAN, K.M., STEPHEN, D.W., PARKER, D.M.
& BESSON, J.A.O. (1989). The Wechsler Adult
Intelligence Scale- Revised (WAIS-R) : factor structure
?in a U.K. sample. Personality & Individual
Differences, 10 (11), 1209-1212. [PDF] |
|
FLANAGAN, D. P., McGREW, K.S. & ORTIZ, S. (2000). The
Wechsler Intelligence Scales and Gf-Gc theory: A
contemporary approach to interpretation. Needham
Heights, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
KAUFMAN, A.S. (2001). WAIS-III IQs, Horn's theory, and
generational changes from young adulthood to old age.
Intelligence, 29, 131-167. |
|
BOWDEN, S., SAKLOFSKE, D.H. & WEISS, L. (2011)
Invariance of the measurement model underlying the
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale - IV in the United
States and Canada. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 71, 186-199. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test,
QI,
WISC et Intelligence |
|
|
|
|
< Wakefield Jerome C. ( ) : Philosophe
et mathématicien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
mentaux et de la
santé mentale. Collaborateur de First,
Horwitz, Kirk
et Spitzer.
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1987). The semantics of success : Do
masturbation exercises lead to partner orgasm ?
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 13, 3-14. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). The concept of mental disorder :
On the boundary between biological facts and social
values. American Psychologist, 47 (3), 373-388.
[PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). The concept of mental disorder :
diagnostic implications of the harmful dysfunction
analysis. /Fait et valeur dans le concept de trouble
mental : le trouble en tant que dysfonction préjudiciable.
World Psychiatry, 6, 149-156. /
Philosophiques, 33 (1), 37-63.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2009). Disability and diagnosis : Should
role impairment be eliminated from DSM/ICD diagnostic
criteria ? World Psychiatry, 8, 87-88. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & FIRST, M.B. (2012). Validity of the
bereavement exclusion to major depression : does the
empirical evidence support the proposal to eliminate the
exclusion in DSM-5 ? World Psychiatry, 11 (1),
3-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
WAG
- WALDEN II
- WALDMAN - WALK - WALKER
- WALL - WALLACE -
WALSTON - WALLON - WALSTER
- WALTERS - WARRINGTON
- WAS |
|
|
Walberg Herbert J. (1937-2023) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation. Collaborateur
de Lysakowski.
 |
WALBERG, H.J. & ANDERSON, G.J. (1968). Classroom
climate and individual learning. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 59, 414-419. |
|
WALBERG, H.J. & HAERTEL, G.D. (1980). Evaluation
reflections : Validity and use of educational environment
assessments. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 6
(3), 225-238 |
|
WALBERG, H.J. & TSAI, S.L. (1983). Matthew effects in
education. American Educational Research Journal, 20
(3), 359-373. [PDF] |
|
WALBERG, H.J. (1984). Improving the productivity of
America schools. Educational Leadership, 41 (8),
19-27. |
|
WALBERG, H.J. (1984). Homework's powerful effects on
learning. Educational Leadership, 42 (7), 76-79. |
|
|
|
Wald Abraham (Kolozsvar aujourd'hui Cluj Romanie 1902-1950
Travancore) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
hongrois. Il a développé l'analyse
séquentielle, ainsi qu'un test statistique qui porte son nom
(Test de Wald et Test
de Wald-Wolfowitz).
Sa théorie de la
décision statistique a permis d'unifier la théorie
de l'estimation par intervalle de confiance et la théorie
des tests d'hypothèse.
Collaborateur de Dantzig
et Wolfovitz.
 |
WALD, A. (1939). Contributions to the theory of
statistical estimation and testing hypothesis. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 10, 299-326. [PDF] |
|
WALD, A. (1944). On cumulative sums of random variables. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 15, 283-296. |
|
WALD, A. (1945). Sequential tests of statistical
hypotheses. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 16,
117-186. |
|
WALD, A. (1950). Statistical decision fonctions. New
York : John Wiley and Sons. |
|
WALD, A. (1957). Selected papers in statistics and
probability by Abraham Wald. Stanford : Stanford
University Press. |
|
|
ROBINS, H. (1951). Review : A. Wald, Statistical decision
functions.Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 57 (5), 383-384. |
|
WOLFOWITZ, J. (1952). Abraham Wald, 1902-1950. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 23 (1), 1-13. |
|
MORGENSTERN, O. (1976). Abraham Wald, 1902-1950. In A.
Schotter (Ed.), Selected economic writings of Oskar
Morgenstern (pp. 493-497). |
|
WEISS, L. (1997). Abraham Wald. In N.L. Johnson & S.
Kotz (Eds.), Leading personalities in statistical
sciences (pp. 164-167). New York : Wiley. |
|
REINHARD, J. (1999). Abraham Wald's equilibrium existence
proof reconsidered. Economy theory, 13, 417-428. |
|
|
|
|
|
Walden II : Walden III : Fiction
utopique écrite par Skinner,
inspirée en partie de Walden de Thoreau,
pour illustrer comment les principes du conditionnement
opérant pourraient être utilisés pour organiser et gérer la
vie quotidienne d'un village, d'une société. En 1973, un village
mexicain - Los Horocones
- a été fondé par un groupe de béhavioristes
radicaux, qui s'inspire fortement de ce roman et des idées
de Skinner. Walden II et Skinner.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1948). Walden Two. New York :
Macmillan. |
LOS HORCONES, C. (1991). Walden Two in real life :
Behavior analysis in the design of a culture. In W. Ishaq
(Ed.), Human behavior in today's world. New York
: Praeger. |
|
KINKADE, K. (1973). A Walden two experiment. New
York : Quill. |
DINSMOOR, J.A. (1991). Walden two : A 1950 review. Behavior
& Social Issues, 1 (1). |
|
BRADBURY, J.H. (1976). Walden three : New
environmentalism, urban design and planning in the
nineteen sixties. Antipode, 8, 17-28. |
|
|
KNAPP, T.J. (1980). An Index to B.F. Skinner's "Walden
two". Behaviorism, 3 (2), 222-228. |
|
|
ELMS, A.C. (1981). Skinner's dark year and Walden Two. American
Psychologist, 36, 470- 479. |
|
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1983). Natural reinforcement in a Walden
Two community. Revista Mexicana de Analisis de la
Conducta, 9, 131-143. |
|
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1984). Walden Two and social change:
Applications of the science of the experimental analysis
of behavior to cultural design. Revista Latino
americana de Psicologia, 16, 93-114. |
LOS HORCONES, C. (2002). Western cultural influences in
behavior analysis as seen from a Walden Two. Behavior
& Social Issues 11, 204-212. [PDF] |
|
KEEHN, J.D. (Ed.) (1984). Walden 3, or theprisoners of
venture. Toronto : York University. |
ALTUS, D.E. & MORRIS, E.K. (2004). B.F.
Skinner’s utopian vision: Behind and beyond Walden Two. Contemporary
Justice Review, 7, 267–286. |
|
SEGAL, E.F. (1984). Prisoner 0006 : The creative state of
Walden Two. In J.D. Keehn (Ed.), Walden 3, or, the
prisoners of venture (pp. 91-112). Toronto : York
University. |
KUHLMANN H. (2005). Living Walden Two : B.F.
Skinner's Bbehaviorist utopia and experimental
communities. University of Illinois Press. |
|
GLENN, S.S. (1986). Metacontingencies in Walden Two.
Behavior Analysis & Social Action, 5, 2-8. [PDF] |
RAKOS, R.F. (2006). Review of living Walden Two : B.F.
Skinner's behaviorist utopia and experimental communities.
The Behavior Analyst, 29 (1), 153-157. [PDF] |
|
SEGAL, E.F. (1987). Walden two : The morality of anarchy.
The Behavior Analyst, 10, 147-160. [PDF] |
|
|
EPSTEIN, R. (Ed.) (1989). Walden Two and social change :
The application of behavior analysis to cultural design. Behavior
Analysis & Social Action, 7, 35-41. |
SWIRSKI, P. (2011). How I stopped worrying and loved
behavioural engineering or communal life, adaptations, and
B.F. Skinner's "Walden two". In American utopia and
social engineering in literature, social thought, and
political history. New York : Routledge. |
|
|
Voir aussi Utopie
et Skinner |
|
|
|
Waldeyer-Hartz
Heinrich Wilhem Gottfried von (Hehlen 1836-1921
Berlin) : Anatomiste
allemand. Il a contribué à la découverte du neurone
et du chromosome. Il a
d'ailleurs introduit ces deux termes dans le vocabulaire
scientifique. = von
Waldeyer-Hartz. Étudiant de
Henle.
|
WALDEYER, H.W. (19891). Ueber einige neuere forschungen im
gebiete der anatomie des central nerven systems. Deutsche
medicinische Wochenschrift, 17, 1213-1218,
1244-1246, 1287-1289, 1331-1332, 1350-1356. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREMER, T. & CREMER, C. (1988). Centennial of Wilhelm
Waldeyer's introduction of the term "chromosome" in 1888.
Cytogenetics and Genome Research, 48 (2),
65-67. |
|
WINKELMANN, A. (2007). Wilhelm von Waldeyer-Hartz
(1836-1921) : an anatomist who left his mark. Clinical
Anatomy, 20 (3), 231-234. |
|
|
|
Waldman Irwin D. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste
américain. Il s'intéresse à la relation entre les déterminants
neuro-génétiques et certains troubles
mentaux. Collaborateur de
Lilienfield, Defries,
Lahey, Rhee, Scarr
et Slutske.
|
WALDMAN, I.D., DeFRIES, J.C. & FULKER, D.W. (1992).
Quantitative genetic analysis of IQ development in young
children : Multivariate multiple regression with
orthogonal polynomials. Behavior Genetics, 22,
229-238. |
|
WALDMAN, I.D., WEINBERG, R.A. & SCARR, S. (1994).
Racial group differences in IQ in the Minnesota
Transracial Adoption Study : A reply to Levin and Lynn. Intelligence,
19, 29-44. |
|
WALDMAN, I.D. (1996). Aggressive children's hostile
perceptual and reponse biases : The role of attention and
impulsivity. Child Development, 67, 1015-1033. |
|
WALDMAN, I.D. & SLUTSKE, W.S. (2000). Antisocial
behavior and alcoholism : A behavioral genetic perspective
on comorbidity. Clinical Psychology Review, 20,
255-287. |
|
WALDMAN, I.D. & LILIENFELD, S.O. (2001). Applications
of taxometric methods to problems of comorbidity :
Perspectives and challenges. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 8, 520-527. |
|
|
|
Walhberg Karl-Erik ( ) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de
Tienari et Wynne.
|
WAHLBERG, K.-E., WYNNE, L.C., OJA, H., KESKITALO, P.,
PYKÄLÄINEN, L., LAHTI, I., MORING, J., NAARALA, M., SORRI,
A., SEITAMAA, M., LÄKSY, K., KOLASSA, J. & TIENARI, P.
(1997). Gene-environment interaction in vulnerability to
schizophrenia : Findings from the Finnish adoptive family
study of schizophrenia. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 154, 355-362. [PDF] |
|
WAHLBERG, K.-E., WYNNE, L.C., KESKITALO, P., NIEMINEN, P.,
MORING, J., LAHTI, I., LÄKSY, K., SORRI, P., KOISTINEN,
A., TARVAINEN, T., MIETTUNEN, J. & TIENARI, P. (2001).
Long-term stability of communication deviance. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 10 (3), 443-448. |
|
WAHLBERG, K.-E., WYNNE, L.C., HAKKO, H., LÄKSY, K.,
MORING, J., MIETTUNEN, J. & TIENARI, P. (2004).
Interaction of genetic risk and adoptive parent
communication deviance : Longitudinal prediction of
adoptee psychiatric disorders. Psychological
Medicine, 34, 1531-1541. |
ROISKO, R., HAKKO, H., WAHLBERG, K.-E. & WYNNE,
L.C.(2004).Communication Deviance in parents of families
with adoptees at a high or low risk of
schizophrenia-spectrum disorders and its associations with
attributes of the adoptee and the adoptive parents. Psychiatry
Research, 185 (1-2), 66-71.
|
|
SILTONEN, P., WAHLBERG, K.-E. & KEISANEN, T. (2017).
How is family interaction analysed as a risk factor for
schizophrenia ? A cross-method comparison. Communication
& Medicine, 14 (1), 25-38. |
|
|
|
Walk Richard D. (Fort Dix États-Unis 1920-1999) :
Psychologue américain,
spécialisé en développement.
En collaboration avec Gibson, il a mis au point un dispositif
expérimental - la
falaise visuelle - pour étudier la profondeur perceptive des
nourrissons.
Collaborateur de Gibson.
 |
WALK, R.D. & GIBSON, E.J. & TIGHE, T.J. (1957).
Behavior of light-and dark-reared rats on a visual cliff.
Science, 126, 80-81. |
|
WALK, R.D. & GIBSON, E.J. (1961). A comparative and
analytical study of visual depth perception. Psychology
Monographs, 75 (519). |
|
WALK, R.D. (1968). Monocular compared to binocular depth
perception in human infants. Science, 162
(3852), 473-475. |
|
WALK, R.D., KAUSITIS, K., LEBOWITZ, C. & FALBO, T.
(1971). Artistic style as concept-formation for children
and adults. Quarterly of Behavior & Development,
17, 347-356. |
|
WALK, R.D., LEBOWITZ, C. & FALBO, T. (1968).
Differential visual depth threshold of the chick. Psychonomic
Science, 12, 195-198. |
|
|
PICK, H.L. & TIGHE, T.J. (2001). Obituary : Richard D.
Walk (1920-1999). American Psychologist, 56
(12), 1169. |
|
|
|
|
|
Walker Michael B. (1942-2009) : Psychologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
de hasard et des joueurs
compulsifs. Collaborateur de Blaszczynski,
Dickerson, Ladouceur,
Petry,
Potenza et Toneatto.
|
WALKER, M.B. (1989). Some problems with the concept of
"gambling addiction" : Should theories of addiction be
generalised to include excessive gambling ? Journal
of Gambling Behavior, 5, 179-200. |
|
WALKER, M.B. (1992). Irrational thinking among slot
machine players. Journal of Gambling Studies, 8
(3), 245-261. |
|
WALKER, M.B. & DICKERSON, M.G. (1996). The prevalence
of problem and pathological gambling : A critical
analysis. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12, 233-249. |
|
WALKER, M.B. (2005). Problems in measuring the
effectiveness of cognitive therapy for pathological
gambling. Journal of Gambling Studies, 21 (1),
79-92. |
|
WALKER, M.B., ANJOUL, F., MILTON, S. & SHANNON, K.
(2006). A structured clinical interview for pathological
gambling. Gambling Research, 18, 39-68. |
|
|
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2010). Obituary : Moichael B. Walker.
International Gambling Studies, 10 (1), 7-17. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Walker Matthew P. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre le sommeil
et les fonctions
cognitives. Collaborateur de Stickgold.
|
WALKER, M.P. & HOBSON, J.A. (2000). Neuroimaging and
the sleeping brain. Neuron, 28 (3), 629-631. [PDF] |
|
WALKER, M.P., BRAKEFIELD, T., MORGAN, A., HOBSON, J.A.
& STICKGOLD, R. (2002). Practice with sleep makes
perfect : Sleep-dependent motor skill learning. Neuron,
35, 205-210. [PDF] |
|
WALKER, M.P. & STICKGOLD, R. (2006). Sleep, memory and
plasticity. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 139-166.
[PDF] |
|
WALKER, M.P. (2006). Sleep to remember. American
Scientist, 94 (4), 326-333. [PDF] |
|
WALKER, M.P. (2009). The role of sleep in cognition and
emotion. New York Academy of Sciences, 1156, 168-197.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Wallbott Harald G. ( ) : Psychologue
autrichien et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions
et des expressions
faciales. Collaborateur de Hess
et Scherer.
|
WALLBOTT, H.G. & SCHERER, K.R (1986). Cues and
channels in emotion recognition. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (4), 690-699. |
|
WALLBOTT, H.G. (1988). In and out of context : Influences
of facial expression and context information on emotion
attributions. British Journal of Social Psychology 27,
357-369. |
|
WALLBOTT, H.G. (1988). Faces in context : The relative
importance of facial expression and context information in
determining emotion attributions. In K.R. Scherer (Ed.), Facet's
of emotion : Recent research (pp. 139-160).
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
WALLBOTT, H.G. (1991). Recognition of emotion from facial
expression via imitation ? Some indirect evidence for an
old theory. British Journal of Social Psychology 30 (3),
207-219.
|
WALLBOTT, H.G. & BITTI, P.E.B. (1993). Decoders'
processing of emotional facial expression : A top-down or
bottom-up mechanism ? European Journal of Social
Psychology, 23 (4), 427-443.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wall James A. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'étude des
conflits.
|
WALL, J.A. & NOLAN, L.L. (1986). Perceptions of
inequity, satisfaction, and conflict in task in
task-oriented groups. Human Relations, 39 (11),
1033-1052. |
|
WALL, J.A. & NOLAN, L.L. (1987). Small group conflict
: A look at equity, satisfaction, and styles of conflict
management. Small Group Behavior, 18, 188-211. |
|
WALL, J.A. & BLUM, M.W. (1991). Negotiations. Journal
of Management, 17, 273-303. |
|
WALL, J.A. & LYNN, A. (1993). Mediation : A current
review. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 37,
160-194. |
|
WALL, J.A. & CALLISTER, R.R. (1995). Conflict and its
management. Journal of Management, 21 (3),
515-558. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wall Patrick D. (Nottingham 1925-2001) : Physiologiste
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la douleur. Il fut l'un des premiers scientifiques a développé une théorie de la douleur (la
théorie des
portillons en collaboration avec Melzack). Collaborateur de
Birren, Lettvin,
Melzack, McCulloch
et Pitts.
 |
WALL, P.D. (1958). Excitability changes in afferent fibre
terminations and their relation to slow potentials.Journal
of Physiology, 142, 1-21. [PDF] |
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new
theory. Science, 150, 971-979. [PDF] |
|
WALL, P.D. & SWEET, W.H. (1967). Temporary abolition
of pain in Man. Science, 155 (3758), 108-109. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1978). The gate control of pain mecanism :
re-examination and restatement. Brain, 101 (1),
1-18. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1999). Pain : the science of suffering.
Weidenfeld & Nicolson. |
|
|
|
|
|
Walker-Andrews Arlene S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et
spécialiste de l'étude de la perception. Elle s'intéresse également à l'intégration multisensorielle. Collaboratrice de Bahrick.
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. (1982). Intermodal perception of
expressive behaviors by human infants. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 33, 514-535. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. & LENNON, E.M. (1985).
Auditory-visual perception of changing distance by human
infants. Child Development, 56 (3), 544-548. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. (1986). Intermodal perception of
expressive behaviors : Relation of eye and voice? Developmental Psychology, 22, 373-377. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S., BAHRICK, L.E., RAGLIONI, S.S. &
DIAZ, I. (1991). Infants' bimodal perception of gender. Ecological Psychology, 3 (2), 55-75. |
|
WALKER-ANDREWS, A.S. (1997). Infants' perception of
expressive behaviors : Differentiation of multimodal
information. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (3),
437-456. |
|
|
|
Waller
Glenn ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-behavioriste
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de comportements
et des troubles
alimentaires, notamment de la boulimie.
Collaborateur de Meyer.
|
WALLER, G. (2008). A "trans-transdiagnostic" model of the
eating disorders : a new way to open the egg ? European
Eating Disorders Review, 16 (3), 165-172. |
|
WALLER, G., STRINGER, H. & MEYER, C. (2012). What
cognitive-behavioral techniques do therapists report using
when delivering cognitive-behavioral therapy for the
eating disorders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80, 171-175. |
|
WALLER, G. (2012). The myths of motivation : time for a
fresh look at some received wisdom in the eating disorders
? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45
(1), 1-16. |
|
WALLER, G., GRAY, E., HINRICHSEN, H., MOUNTFORD, V.,
LAWSON, R. & PATIENT, E. (2014). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for bulimia nervosa and atypical bulimic nervosa :
effectiveness in clinical settings. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 47 (1), 13-17. [PDF] |
|
WALLER, G. & TURNER, H (2016). Therapist drift redux :
Why well-meaning clinicians fail to deliver evidence-based
therapy, and how to get back on track. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 77, 129-137. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wallon Henri (1879-1962) : Médecin
et psychologue
français. Il a développé une théorie générale du développement
de l'enfant et de l'adolescent.
Étudiant de Bergson.
 |
WALLON, H. (1934/49/70). Les origines du caractère
chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
WALLON, H. (1942). De l'acte à la pensée. Paris
: Flammarion. |
|
WALLON, H. (1945). Les origines de la pensée chez
l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
WALLON, H. (1947). L'étude psychologique et sociologlque
de l'enfant. Cahiers Internationaux de Sociologie, 3,
3-23. |
|
WALLON, H. (1968). L'évolution psychologique de
l'enfant. Paris : Colin. |
|
|
SZEMINSKA, A. (1979). Interventions. Enfance,
32 (5), 351-353. [PDF] |
|
GRATIOT-ALPHANDERY, H. (2000). Henri Wallon (1879-1962).
Bureau International d'Éducation, 24 (3/4),
821-835. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wallston Barbara Strudler (1943-1987 Nashville) : Psychosociologue
et féministe américaine.
Collaboratrice de O'Leary,
Piliavin,
Unger et Wallston.
|
WALLSTON, B.S. & WALLSTON, K.A. (1978). Locus of
control and health : A review of the literature. Health
Education & Behavior, 6 (1), 107-117. |
|
WALLSTON, B.S. & O'LEARY, V.E. (1981). Sex makes a
difference : The differential perceptions of women and
men. In L. Wheeler (Ed.), Review of personality and
social psychology (Vol. 2). Beverly Hills, CA :
Sage. |
|
WALLSTON, B.S. (1981). What are the questions in
psychology of women ? A feminist approach to research. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 5, 597-617. |
|
WALLSTON, B.S. & WALLSTON, K.A. (1981). Health locus
of control scales. In Resarch with the locus of
control construct (Vol. 1, pp. 189-243). Assessment
Methods. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, V.E., UNGER, R.K. & WALLSTON, B.S. (Eds.)
(1985). Women gender and social psychology.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
O'LEARY, V.E. (1988). Obituary : Barbara Strudler Wallston
(1943-1987). American Psychologist, 43 (10),
817. |
|
RUSSO, N.F. (1990). Barbara Strudler Wallston : Pioneer of contemporay feminist psychology, 1943-1987. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 14 (2), 277-287. |
|
|
|
Wallston Kenneth A. (1942-2020 Asheville) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la santé
et du lieu de controle.
Collaborateur de Wallston.
 |
WALLSTON, K.A. & MAIDES, S.A. (1976). Health related
information seeking as a function of health related locus
of control and health value. Journal of Research in
Personality, 10, 215-222. |
|
WALLSTON, K.A. (1982). Health locus of control beliefs.
Patient Education Newsletter, 5, 56-57. |
|
WALLSTON, K.A. MALCARNE, V.L., FLORES, L., HANSDOTTIR, I.,
SMITH, C.A., STEIN, M.J., WEISMAN, M.H. & CLEMENTS,
P.J. (1999). Does God determine your health ? The God
Locus of Health Control scale. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 23, 131-142. [PDF] |
|
WALLSTON, K.A. (2004). Control and health. In N. Anderson
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of health and behavior.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
WALLSTON, K.A. (2007). Patient healthcare behaviours
related to medication use/adherence. In N. MacKinnon
(Ed.), Safe and effective (pp. 269-288). Canadian
Pharmacists Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
Walsh Shari Poldi ( ) : Psychologue
australienne et spécialiste de l'étude de l'usage du
téléphone.
|
WALSH, S.P. & WHITE, K.M. (2006). Ring, ring, why did
I make that call ? Beliefs underlying Australian
university students' mobile phone use. Youth Studies
Australia, 25 (3), 49-57. |
|
WALSH, S.P. & WHITE, K.M. (2007). Me, my mobile and I
: The role of self and prototypical identity influences in
the prediction of mobile phone behavior. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 37, 2405-2434. |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2008).
Over-connected ? A qualitative exploration of the
relationship between Australian youth and their mobile
phones. Journal of Adolescence, 31, 77-92. |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2009). The phone
connection : A qualitative exploration of how
belongingness and social identification relate to mobile
phone use amongst Australian youth. Journal of
Community & Applied Social Psychology, 19 (3),
225-240. |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2010). Needing
to connect : The effect of self and others on young
people's involvement with their mobile phones. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 62 (4), 194-203. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walster G. William (1941-) : Psychosociologue
canadien. Collaborateur de Berscheid,
Dion et Walster/Hatfield.
|
HATFIELD, E., WALSTER, G.W., ABRAHAMS, D. & BROWN, Z.
(1966). The effect on liking of underrating or overrating
another. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2,
70-84. |
|
WALSTER, G.W. & HATFIELD, E. (1970). A choice between
negative alternatives : Dissonance reduction or regret? Psychological Reports, 44, 237-244. |
|
BERSCHEID, E., DION, K., WALSTER, E. & WALSTER, G.W.
(1971). Physical attractiveness and dating choice : A test
of the matching hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 7, 173-180. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
WALSTER, E., WALSTER, G.W., PILIAVIN, J.A. & SCHMIT,
D.L. (1973). Playing hard-to-get : understanding an
elusive phenomenon. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 26, 113-121. |
|
WALSTER, E., WALSTER, G.W. & BERSCHEID, E. (1978). Equity
: Theory and research. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
|
|
Walt Stephen Martin (1955-) : Politologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir,
des alliances et des lobbys.
Collaborateur de Mearsheimer.
|
WALT, S.M. (1988). Testing theories of alliance
formation. International Organization 43 (2),
275-316. |
|
WALT, S.M. (1997). The progressive power of realism. American
Political Science Review, 91 (4), 931-935. |
|
WALT, S.M. (2005). Taming american power. Foreign
Affairs, 84 (5), 105-120. |
|
WALT, S.M. (2005). The blame game. Foreign Policy, 15,
44-46. |
|
WALT, S.M. (2005). The relationship between theory and
policy in international relations. Annual Review of
Political Science, 8, 23-48. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter
William Grey (Kansas City 1910-1977) :
Neurophysiologiste
anglais et pionnier de la cybernétique.
Il est l'inventeur de Elmer et Elsie, des tortues
bio-mécaniques, qui sont consiédéres comme les tout
premiers spécimens de robot capable d'apprendre. Il a également
contribué au développement de l'électroencéphalogramme.
Membre du Ratio club.
|
WALTER, W.G. (1950). An imitation of life. Scientific
American, 42-45. |
|
WALTER, W.G. (1951). A machine that learns. Scientific
American, 60-63. |
|
WALTER, W.G. (1963). The living brain. New York
: W.W. Norton. |
|
|
HOLLAND, O. (2003). The first biologically inspired
robots. Robotica, 21, 351-363. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Walters Richard H. (1918-1967) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'agression
et de la punition.
Collaborateur de Bandura.
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1959). Adolescent
aggression. New York : Ronald Press. |
|
WALTERS, R.H. & DEMKOW, L. (1963). Timing of
punishment as a determinant of response inhibition. Child
Development, 34, 207-214. |
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1963). Social
learning and personality development. New York :
Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
|
WALTERS, R.H. & WILLOWS, D.C. (1968). Imitative
behavior of disturbed and nondisturbed children following
exposure to aggressive and nonaggressive models. Child
Development, 39 (1), 79-89. |
|
WALTERS, R.H. & ANDRES, D. (1972). Punishment
procedures and self-control. In U. Bronfenbrenner (Ed.), Influences
on human development. Hillsdale : Dryden Press. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1968). Richard H. Walters : 1918-1967.
Child Development, 39 (4), 1006-1008. |
|
|
|
Walther Joseph B. (1958-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la
communication. Collaborateur de
Burgoon.
|
WALTHER, J.B. (1992). Interpersonal effects in
computer-mediated interaction : A relational perspective.
Communication Research, 19 (1) 52-90. |
|
WALTHER, J.B. & BURGOON, J.K. (1992). Relational
communication in computer-mediated interaction. Human
Communication Research, 19 (1) 50-88. |
|
WALTHER, J.B. (1995). Relational aspects of
computer-mediated communication: Experimental observations
over time. Organization Science, 6 (2) 186-203. |
|
WALTHER, J.B. (1996). Computer-mediated communication :
Impersonal, interpersonal and hyperpersonal interaction. Communication
Research, 23 (1) 1-43. |
| |
|
|
HOLLAND, O. (2003). The first biologically inspired
robots. Robotica, 21, 351-363. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wambach Cathrine A. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine spécialisée en éducation,
notamment dans l'étude de la lecture.
Collaboratrice de Brothen et
Steel.
|
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (1990). An alternative to
the prediction-placement model. Journal of
Developmental Education, 28 (2), 14-15, 24-26. |
|
WAMBACH, C. (1990). Reading and writing expectations at a
research university. Journal of Developmental
Education, 22 (2), 22-24, 26. |
|
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (1997). Teacher
self-disclosure and student classroom participation
revisited. Teaching of Psychology, 24, 262-263. |
|
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (2000). Content area reading
tests are not a solution to reading test validity
problems. Journal of Developmental Education, 24 (2),
42-43. |
|
WAMBACH, C., BROTHEN, T. & DIKEL, T.N. (2000). Toward
a developmental theory for developmental educators. Journal
of Developmental Education, 24 (1), 2-4, 6, 8, 10,
29. |
|
|
|
Wampold Bruce E. (Olympia-) : Psychologue
clinicien et mathématicien américain, spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies. Selon lui, les trois facteurs qui expliquent
l'efficacité des thérapies psychologiques sont : 1) la croyance en
l'efficacité de la thérapie, tant chez le thérapeute que chez son
client; 2) la personnalité du thérapeute (empathique, chaleureuse,
etc.); 3) La qualité de la relation thérapeute/client.
Collaborateur de Minami, Munder
et Norcross.
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MODDY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H.N. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bona fide psychotherapies : empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., BASKIN, T.W. & TIERNEY,
S.C. (2002). A meta-(re)analysis of the effects of
cognitive therapy versus "other therapies" for depression.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 68, 159-165. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., TIERNEY, S.C., BASKIN, T.W.
& BHATI, K.S. (2005). The placebo is powerful :
Estimating placebo effects in medicine and psychotherapy
from randomized clinical trials. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 835-854. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., BUDGE, S.L., LASKA, K.M., DEL RE, A.C.,
BAARDSETH, T.P., FLÜCKIGER, C., MINAMI, T., KIVLIGHAN,
D.M. & GUNN, W. (2011). Evidence-based treatments for
depression and anxiety versus treatment-as-usual : A
meta-analysis of direct comparisons. Clinical
Psychology Review, 31, 1304-1312. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & BUDGE, S.L. (2012). The Relationship -
and its Relationship to the common and specific factors of
psychotherapy. The Counseling Psychologist, 40,
601-623. |
|
|
|
Wanchisen Barbara A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment de l'histoire
des contingences. Collaboratrice de
Hineline et Tatham.
|
WANCHISEN, B.A., TATHAM, T.A. & HINELINE, P.N. (1988).
Pigeons' choices in situations of diminishing returns :
Fixed- vs. progressive-ratio schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (3), 375-394.
[PDF] |
|
WANCHISEN, B.A., TATHAM, T.A. & MOONEY, S.E. (1989).
Variable-ratio conditioning history produces high- and
low-rate fixed-interval performance in rats. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (2),
167-179. [PDF] |
|
WANCHISEN, B.A. (1990). Forgetting the lessons of history.
The Behavior Analyst, 13 (1), 31-37. [PDF] |
|
WANCHISEN, B.A. & TATHAM, T.A. (1991). Behavioral
history : A promising challenge in ex- plaining and
controlling human operant behavior. The Behavior
Analyst, 14 (2), 139-144. [PDF] |
|
WANCHISEN, B.A., SUTPHIN, G.E., BALOGH, S.A. & TATHAM,
T.A. (1998). Lasting effects of a behavioral history of
low-rate responding in rats. Learning &
Motivation, 29, 220-235. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ward Lawrence M. (Canton-) : Psychologue
connexioniste
canadien d'origine américaine.
|
WARD, L.M. & LOCKHEAD, G.R. (1970). Sequential effect
and memory in category judgment. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 84, 27-34. |
|
WARD, L.M. & LOCKHEAD, G.R. (1971). Response system
processes in absolute judgment. Perception &
Psychophysics, 9, 73-78. |
|
WARD, L.M. (1987). Remembrance of sounds past : Memory and
psycho- physical scaling. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 13,
216-227. |
|
WARD, L.M. (2003). Synchronous neural oscillations and
cognitive processes. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7,
553-559. [PDF]
|
|
WARD, L.M. (2011). The thalamic dynamic core theory of
conscious experience. Consciousness & Cognition,
20 (4), 464-486.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Ward L. Monique ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste du développement,
notamment de l'influence des médias
sur les adolescents.
Collaboratrice de Hyde.
|
WARD, L.M. (1995). Talking about sex : Common themes about
sexuality in the prime-time television programs children
and adolescents view most. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 595-615. |
|
WARD, L.M. (2003). Understanding the role of entertainment
media in the sexual socialization of American youth : A
review of empirical research. Developmental Review,
23, 347-388. |
|
WARD, L.M. (2004). Wading through the stereotypes :
Positive and negative associations between media use and
black adolescents' conceptions of self. Developmental
Psychology, 40 (2), 84-294. [PDF] |
|
WARD, L.M., DAY, K. & EPSTEIN, M. (2006). Uncommonly
good : Exploring how mass media may be a positive
influence on young women's sexual health and development.New
Directions for Child & Adolescent Development, 112,
57-70.
[PDF] |
|
WARD, L.M., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS, A. (2006).
Breasts are for men: Media, masculinity ideologies, and
men's beliefs about women's bodies. Sex Roles, 55, 703-714.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Ward T.A. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationel
béhavioriste d'origine américaine.
Collaborateur de
Houmanfar et Ninness.
|
WARD, T.A., EASTMAN, R L. & NINNESS, C. (2009). An
experimental analysis of cultural materialism : The
effects of various modes of production on resource
sharing. Behavior & Social Issues, 18, 1-23. |
|
WARD, T.A. & HOUMANFAR, R. (2011). Human simulations
in behavior analysis (1987-2007): Facilitating research in
complex human behavior. Behavior & Social Issues,
20, 72-101. |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Warden Carl John (1890-1961) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la psychologie comparée, notamment de l'étude des chiens
et des macaques.
|
WARDEN, C.J (1927). The historical development of
comparative psychology. Psychological Review, 34
(1), 57-85. |
|
WARDEN, C.J. & WARNER, L.H. (1928). The sensory
capacities and intelligence of dogs, with a report on the
ability of the noted dog : "Fellow" to respond to verbal
stimuli. The Quarterly Review of Biology, 3, 1-128. |
|
WARDEN, C.J. & JACKSON, T.A. (1935). Imitative
behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 46, 103-125. |
|
WARDEN, C.J., FJELD, H.A. & KOCH, A.M. (1940).
Imitative behavior in the cebus and rhesus monkeys. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 56, 311-322. |
|
WARDEN, C.J., ROSS, S. & ZAMENHOF, S. (1942). The
effect of artificial changes in the brain on maze learning
in the white rat. Science, 95, 414-415. |
|
|
|
Warr Peter Bryan. (Birkenhead 1937-2023) :
Psychologue organisationel
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude du bonheur
et de la
satisfaction au travail.
|
WARR, P.B., COOK, J.D. & WALL, T.D. (1979). Scales for
the measurement of some work attitudes and aspects of
psychological well-being. Journal of Occupational
Psychology, 52, 129-148. |
|
WARR, P.B. (2006). Differential activation of judgments in
employee well-being. Journal of Occupational &
Organizational Psychology, 79, 225-244. |
|
WARR, P.B. (2008). Work values: Some demographc and
cultural correlates. Journal of Occupational &
Organizational Psychology, 81, 751-775. |
|
WARR, P.B. (2009). Environmental "vitamins", personal
judgments, work values, and happiness. In S. Cartwright
and C. Cooper (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of
organizational well-being (pp. 57-85). Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
WARR, P.B. & INCEOGLU, I. (2012). Job engagement, job
satisfaction, and contrasting associations with person-job
fit. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 17,
129-138. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Warren Howard Crosby (Montclair 1867-1934) :
Psychologue américain.
Président de l'APA en 1913.
Collaborateur de Angell, Baldwin,
Calkins, Gardiner et
Watson.
|
WARREN, H.C. (1911). Introduction to psychology.
Science, 34 (886), 877-883. |
|
WARREN, H.C. (1914). The mental and the physical. Psychological Review, 21 (2),79-100. |
|
WARREN, H.C. (1918). Two cases of long latent memory. Psychological Bulletin, 15 (6),207-209. |
|
WARREN, H.C., CALKINS, M.W., DUNLAP, K., GARDINER H.N.,
RUCKMICK, C.A. (1918). Report : Definitions and
delimitations of psychological terms prepared by a
committee of the American Psychological Association. Psychological Bulletin, 15 (3), 89-95. |
|
WARREN, H.C. (1919). A classification of reflexes,
instincts, and emotional phenomena. Psychological
Review, 26 (3), 197-203. |
|
|
|
Warrington Elizabeth K. (1931-) : Neuropsychologue
anglaise, spécialiste de la démence
et de l'amnésie. On
lui doit le
test de mémoire sémantique. Collaboratrice de
Baddeley, Butterworth,
Shallice et Weiskrantz.
 |
WARRINGTON, E.K. & SHALLICE, T. (1975). The selective
impairment of auditory verbal short-term memoty. Brain,
92, 885-896. [PDF] |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. (1975). The selective impairment of
semantic memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 27, 635-657. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & SHALLICE, T. (1984). Category
specific semantic impairments. Brain, 107, 829-854.
[PDF] |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K., McKENNA, P. & ORPWOOD, L. (1998).
Single word comprehension : a concrete and abstract word
synonym test. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 8
(2), 143-154. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & RUTCH, S.J. (2007). A
within-modality test of semantic knowledge : The
size/weight attribute test. Neuropsychology, 21
(6), 803-811. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| WAL
- WASON
- WASSERMAN - WATANABE
- WATERS - WATERMAN
- WATKINS - WATSON - WATT
- WATZLAWICK - WAUGH
- WE |
|
|
Washoe (Afrique 1965-2007) : Chimpanzé
dressé par Gardner et Gardner
en 1969 pour étudier l'apprentissage du langage
des signes (American Sign Language ou ASL) chez les primates
non-humain. = Pan satyrus.
| |
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165 (3894),
664-672. [PDF] |
|
 |
|
|
|
Wason
Peter Cathcart (Bath 1924-2003 Wallingford) :
Psychologue cognitivisme
américain, d'origine anglaise, spécialiste du raisonnement. Il a développé une tâche de sélection qui porte son nom. Collaborateur de
Johnson-Laird et Shapiro.
|
WASON, P.C. (1968). Reasoning about a rule. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 20 (3),
273-281. |
|
WASON, P.C. & JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1969). Proving a
disjunctive rule. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 21 (1), 14-20. [PDF] |
|
WASON, P.C. & JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1970). A conflict
between selecting and evaluating information in an
inferential task. British Journal of Psychology, 61
(4), 509-515. [PDF] |
|
WASON, P.C. & SHAPIRO, D. (1971). Natural and
contrived experience in a reasoning problem. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 63-71.
[PDF] |
|
WASON, P.C. & BROOKS, P.G. (1979). THOG : The anatomy
of a problem. Psychological Research, 41, 79-90. |
|
Tâche de Wason |
|
|
Wasserman Edward Anthony (Los Angeles 1946-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'apprentissage
chez le pigeon.
Collaborateur de Marr, Miller,
Moore, Wasserman
et Zentall.
|
WASSERMAN, E.A. (1974). Stimulus-reinforcer predictiveness
and selective discrimination learning in pigeons. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 103, 284-297. |
|
WASSERMAN, E.A., NELSON, K.R. & LAREW, M.B. (1980).
Memory for sequences of stimuli and responses. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34 (1),
49-59.
[PDF] |
|
WASSERMAN, E.A. (1983). Is cognitive psychology behavioral
? Psychological Record, 33, 6-11. |
|
WASSERMAN, E.A., BHATT, R.S., CHATLOSH, D.L. &
KIEDINGER, R.E. (1987). Discrimination of and memory for
dimension and value information by pigeons. Learning
& Motivation, 18, 34-56. |
|
WASSERMAN, E.A. (1997). Animal cognition : Past, present,
and future. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 23, 123-135. |
|
|
|
Watanabe Shigeru ( ) : Psychologue
et éthologiste japonais,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la discrimination,
notamment chez le pigeon.
Collaborateur de fujita. et Hodos.
 |
WATANABE, S. & ITO, Y. (1991). Discrimination of
individuals in pigeons. Bird Behaviour, 9,
20-29. |
|
WATANABE, S. (1993). Object-picture equivalence in the
pigeon : An analysis with natural concept and
pseudoconcept discriminations. Behavioural Processes,
30, 225-232. |
|
WATANABE, S., LEA, S.E.G. & DITTRICH, W.H. (1993).
What can we learn from experiments on pigeon concept
discrimination ? In H.P. Zeigler & H.J. Bischof
(Eds.), Vision, brain, and behavior in birds
(pp. 351-376). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
WATANABE, S., SAKAMOTO, J. & WAKITA, M. (1995).
Pigeons' discrimination of paintings by Monet and Picasso.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 63
(2), 165-174. [PDF] |
|
WATANABE, S. (1997). Visual discrimination of real objects
and pictures in pigeons. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 25, 185-192. |
|
|
|
|
|
Waterman Alan S. ( ) :
Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du développement
de l'identité psychologique.
Collaborateur de Marcia,
Schwartz et Whitbourne.
|
WATERMAN, A.S. (1984). Identity formation : Discovery or
creation ? Journal of Early Adolescence, 4,
329-341. |
|
WATERMAN, A.S. (1988). Identity status theory and
Erikson's theory : Commonalities and differences. Developmental Review, 8, 185-208. |
|
WATERMAN, A.S. (1993). Developmental perspectives on
identity formation : From adolescence to adulthood. In
J.E. Marcia, A.S. Waterman, D.R. Matteson, S.L. Archer
& J.L. Orlofsky (Eds.), Ego identity : A handbook
for psychosocial research (pp. 42-68). New York :
Springer. |
|
WATERMAN, A.S. (1999). Identity, the identity statuses,
and identity status development : A contemporary
statement. Developmental Review, 19, 591-621. |
|
WATERMAN, A.S. (2008). Reconsidering happiness : A
eudaimonist's perspective. Journal of Positive
Psychology, 3, 234-252. |
|
|
|
Waters Everett ( ) : Psychologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
et plus particulièrement de l'attachement.
Collaborateur de Egeland,
Sroufe et Vaughn.
|
WATERS, E. (1978). The reliability and stability of
individual differences in infant-mother attachment.
Child Development, 49, 483-494. |
|
WATERS, E., WIPPMAN, J. & SROUFE, L.A. (1979).
Attachment, positive affect and competence in the peer
group : Two studies in construct validation. Child
Development, 50, 821-829. |
|
WATERS, E., NOYES, D., VAUGHN, B.E. & RICKS, M.
(1985). Social competence and self-esteem : A Q-sort
analysis of conceptual and empirical similarities between
related constructs. Developmental Psychology, 21,
508-522. |
|
WATERS, E., MERRICK, S., TREBOUX, D., CROWELL, J. &
ALBERSHEIM, L. (2000). Attachment stability in infancy and
early adulthood : A 20-year longitudinal study. Child
Development, 71, 684-689. [PDF]
|
|
WATERS, E. & McINTOSH, J. (2011). Are we asking the
right questions about attachment ? Family Court
Review, 49, 474-482. |
|
|
|
|
|
Watkins
Cathy L. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'enseignement
de précision. Collaboratrice de Barrett,
Binder,
Engelman, Slocum et
Vargas.
 |
WATKINS, C.L. (1988). Project Follow Through : A story of
the identification and neglect of effective instruction. Youth
Policy, 10 (7), 7-11. |
|
WATKINS, C.L., PACK-TEIXEIRA, L. & HOWARD, J.S.
(1989). Teaching intraverbal behavior to severely retarded
children. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 69-81.
[PDF] |
|
BINDER, C. & WATKINS, C.L. (1990). Precision teaching
and direct instruction : Measurably superior instructional
technology in schools. Performance Improvement
Quarterly, 3, 74-95. [PDF] |
|
WATKINS, C.L. (1995-1996). Follow through : Why didn't we
? Effective School Practices, Winter, 15 (1), |
|
WATKINS, C.L. (1997). Project Follow Through : A case
study of contingencies infuencing instructional
practices of the educational establishment.
Cambridge, MA : Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
|
|
|
Watkins
Edward R. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des ruminations.
Collaborateur de Ehring et
Teasdale.
|
WATKINS, E. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002). Rumination and
overgeneral memory in depression : effects of self-focus
and analytic thinking. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 110 (2), 353-357. |
|
WATKINS, E. & BARACAIA, S. (2002). Rumination and
social problem-solving in depression. Behaviour
Research Therapy, 40, 1179-1189. |
|
WATKINS, E., MOULDS, M. & MACKINTOSH, B. (2005).
Comparisons between rumination and worry in a non-clinical
population. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43,
1577-1585. |
|
WATKINS, E. (2008). Constructive and unconstructive
repetitive thought. Psychological Bulletin, 134, 163-206. |
|
WATKINS, E. (2009). Depressive rumination and comorbidity
: Evidence for brooding as a transdiagnostic process. Journal
of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 27
(3), 160-175. |
|
|
|
Watkins
John William Nevill (Working 1924-1999 Salcome)
: Philosophe et
épistémologue
anglais.
 |
WATKINS, J.W. (1952). The principle of methodological
individualism. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 3 (2), 186-189. |
|
WATKINS, J.W. (1957). Historical explanation in the social
sciences. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 8, 104-117. |
|
WATKINS, J.W.N. (1959). The two theses of methodological
individualism. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 9, 319-320. |
|
WATKINS, J.W.N. (1984). Science and scepticism. Princeton
University Press. |
|
WATKINS, J.W.N. (1988). The pragmatic problem of
induction. Analysis, 48, 18-20. |
|
|
|
Watkins
Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de l'étude de
la mémoire. On lui doit la
découverte de l'effet
de révélation. Étudiant de
Craik. Collaborateur de
Tulving.
|
WATKINS, M.J., HO, E. & TULVING, E. (1976). Context
effects in recognition memory for faces. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11, 497-511. |
|
WATKINS, M.J. & TODRES, A.K. (1978). On the relation
between recall and recognition. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 17, 621-623. |
|
WATKINS, M.J. (1981). Human memory and the
information-processing metaphor. Cognition, 10 (1-3),
331-336. |
|
WATKINS, M.J. & KERKA, S.P. (1985). Recall of a
twice-presented item without recall of either presentation
: Genericmemory forevents. Journal of Memory &
Language, 24, 666-678. |
|
WATKINS, M.J. (1996). Mediationism and the obfuscation of
memory. The Behavior Analyst, 19, 91-103. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Watson David ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'anxiété
et des troubles
anxieux. Collaborateur de
Clark, Mineka et Tellegen.
|
WATSON, D. & FRIEND, R. (1969). Measurement of social
evaluative anxiety. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 33, 448-457. |
|
WATSON, D. & CLARK, L.A. (1984). Negative Affectivity
: The disposition to experience unpleasant emotional
states. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 465-490. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK, L.A. & CAREY, G. (1988). Positive
and negative affectivity and their relation to anxiety and
depressive disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
97 (3), 346-353. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, D., WU, K.D. & CUTSHALL, C. (2004). Symptom
subtypes of obsessive-compulsive disorder and their
relation to dissociation. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 18, 435-458. |
|
WATSON, D. (2009). Differentiating the mood and anxiety
disorders : A quadripartite model. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 5, 221-247. |
|
|
|
Watson
James Dewey (Chicago 1928-) : Généticien
et biochimiste américain. Avec Crick, il a découvert l'ADN.
Lauréat du prix Nobel de
physiologie et de médecine en 1962 (avec Crick).
Collaborateur de Crick.
 |
WATSON, J.D & CRICK, F.H. (1953). Molecular structure
of nucleic acids; a structure for deoxyribose nucleic
acid. Nature, 171 (4356), 737–738. |
|
WATSON, J.D. (1962/77). The involvement of RNA in the
synthesis of protein. In Nobel Lectures in Molecular
Biology 1933-1975 (pp. 179-203.). New York:
Elsevie. |
|
WATSON, J.D. (1980). The double helix : A personal
account of the discovery of the structure of DNA.
Atheneum. |
|
WATSON, J.D. (2002). Genes, girls, and gamow : After
the double helix. New York : Random House. |
| |
|
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (1969). The Watson-Crick model and
reductionism. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 20, 325-348. |
|
|
|
|
Watson
John Broadus (Greenville 1878-1958 New York) :
Psychologue américain
et fondateur du béhaviorisme.
Cette paternité est contestée par certains historiens
des sciences qui attribuent plutôt la naissance du
béhaviorisme à Piéron ou à
Weiss. Ses travaux sur l'apprentissage
ont été fortement inspirés par les recherches de Pavlov
sur le conditionnement
répondant et les réponses
conditionnelles. Président de
l'APA en 1915. Watson et le petit
Albert. Étudiant d'Angell,
Dewey et
Loeb. Professeur de
Lashley. Collaborateur de Carr,
Rayner, Jones,
Warren
et Yerkes.
| |
 
No
17 |
WATSON, J.B. (1913). Psychology as the behaviorist views
it. Psychological Review, 20, 158-177. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, J.B. (1914). Behavior : an introduction to
comparative psychology. New York : Holt. |
|
WATSON, J.B. (1919). Psychology from the standpoint
of a behaviorist. Philadelphie : Lippincott. |
|
WATSON, J.B. & RAYNER, R. (1920). Conditioned
emotional reactions. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3 (1), 1-14. [LIRE] |
|
WATSON, J.B. (1924). Behaviorism. Chicago and
London : The University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1959). John Broadus Watson, behaviorist. Science,
129, 197-198. |
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1986). The early research
of J.B. Watson : Before the behavioral revolution. The
Behavior Analyst, 9, 71-88. [PDF] |
|
PRYTULA, R.E., OSTER, G.D. & DAVIS, S. F. (1977). The
"rat rabbit" problem : What did John B. Watson really do ?
Teaching of Psychology, 4, 44-46. |
|
|
LOGUE, W. (1978). Behaviorist John B. Watson and the
continuity of the species. Behaviorism, 6,
71-79. |
BUCKLEY, K.W. (1989). Mechanical man. John Broadus
Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. New York
: Guilford Press. |
|
SAMELSON, F. (1980). Watson's little Albert, Cyril Burt's
twins, and the need for a critical science. American
Psychologist, 35, 619-625. |
MORRIS, E.K., TODD, J.T. & MIDGLEY, B.D. (1993). The
prediction and control of behavior : Watson, Skinner, and
beyond. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 19,
103-131. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1981). The legacy of John B. Watson's
behaviorist manifesto for applied behavior analysis. Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 39 (2), 155-179. [PDF] |
LOGUE, A.W. (1994). Watson's behaviorist manifesto: Past
positive and current negative consequences. In J. T. Todd
& E. K. Morris (Eds.), Modern perspectives on
John B. Watson and classical behaviorism (pp.
109-123). Westport, CT: Greenwood. |
|
SAMELSON, F. (1981). Struggle for scientific authority :
The reception of Watson's behaviorism, 1913-1920. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 17,
399-425. |
HARZEM, P. (1996). Searching in ruins for truth : The life
and works of John B. Watson - A review of modern
perspectives on John B. Watson and classical behaviorism.
The Behavior Analyst, 18 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1981). John B. Watson and the study of human
sexual behavior. Journal of Sex Research, 17,
368-78. |
COSTALL, A. (2004). From darwin to watson (and
cognitivism) and back again : the principle of
animal-environment mutuality. Behavior &
Philosophy, 32, 179-195. [PDF] |
| BUCKLEY, K.W. (1982). The selling of a psychologist : John
Broadus Watson and the application of behavioral
techniques to advertising. Journal of the History of
the Behavioral Sciences, 18, 207-221. |
HART, K.E. & KRITSONIS, A. (2006). A critical analysis
of John B. Watson's original writing : "behaviorism as a
behaviorist views it". National Forum of Applied
Educational Research Journal, 20 (3), 1-6. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
|
Watson
Robert Irving (1909-1980) : Psychologue
et historien de la
psychologie américain.
|
WATSON, R.I. (1953). A brief history of clinical
psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 50, 321-346. |
|
WATSON, R.I. (1960). The history of psychology : A
neglected area. American Psychologist, 15 (4),
251-255.
[PDF] |
|
WATSON, R.I. (1963/68). The great psychologists :
Aristotle to Freud. Philadelphia : Lippincott. |
|
WATSON, R.I. & EVANS, R.B. (1991). The great
psychologists : A history of psychological thought.
New York : HarperCollins. |
|
|
EVANS, R.B. (1982). Obituary : Robert I. Watson
(1909-1980). American Psychologist, 37 (1),
91-93. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Watt
Caroline A. ( ) : Psychologue
et parapsychologue
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude des
phénomènes paranormaux. Collaborateur de Wiseman.
 |
WATT, C.A. (1994). Extra-sensory perception. In R.
Cavendish & B. Innes (Eds.), Man, myth et magic.
New York : Marshall Cavendish. |
|
WATT, C.A. & MORRIS, R.L. (1995). The relationships
among performance on a prototype indicator of perceptual
defence/vigilance, personality, and extrasensory
perception. Personality & Individual Differences,
19, 635-648. [PDF] |
|
WATT, C.A. & NAGTETALL, M. (2000). Luck in action ?
Belief in good luck, psi-mediated instrumental response,
and games of chance. Journal of Parapsychology, 64,
19-38. |
|
WISEMAN, R. & WATT, C.A. (2004). Measuring
superstitious belief : Why lucky charms matter. Personality
& Individual Differences, 37, 1533-1541. |
|
WISEMAN, R. & WATT, C.A. (2005). The psychology of
luck. Psychology Review, 11, 17-19. |
|
|
|
Watts David P. ( ) : Primatologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude du gorille.
Collaborateur de Fossey
et Harcourt.
|
WATTS, D.P. (1988). Environmental influences on mountain
gorilla time budgets. American Journal of
Primatology, 15, 195-211. [PDF] |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1994). The influence of male mating tactics
on habitat use in mountain gorillas. Primates, 35,
35-47. |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1995). Post-conflict social events in wild
mountain gorillas. I/2. social interactions between
opponents. Ethology, 100, 139-157/158-174. |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1997). Agonistic interventions in wild
mountain gorilla groups. Behaviour, 134, 23-57. |
|
WATTS, D.P. (1998). A preliminary study of selective
visual attention in female mountain gorillas. Primates,
39, 71-78. |
|
|
|
Watts James W. (Lynchburg 1904-1994) : Psychiatre
et chirurgien américain, connu pour ses travaux et sa pratique de
la lobotomie chez
l'humain. Collaborateur de Freeman.
|
FREEMAN, W. & WATTS, J.W. (1942). Psychosurgery :
Intelligence, emotion, and social behavior following
prefrontal lobotomy for mental disorders.
Springfield : Charles C. Thomas. |
|
WATTS, J.W. & FREEMAN, W. (1946). Psychosurgery for the relief of unbearable pain. Journal
of International College Surgeons, 9, 679-683. |
WATTS, J.W. & FREEMAN, W. (1948). Prefrontal lobotomy;
complications and their treatment. Journal of
International College Surgeons, 9, 343-350.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Watzlawick Paul J. (Vienne 1921-2007) : Philosophe
et membre fondateur l'École
de Palo Alto. Il
s'est notamment intéressé à la communication
et aux paradoxes et
contraintes du langage.
Collaborateur de Bavelas,
Fisch,
Jackson et Weakland.
 |
WATZLAWICK, P.J. (1967/72). Une logique de la
communication. Paris : Éditions du Seuil. |
|
WATZLAWICK, P.J., WEAKLAND, J. & FISH, R. (1974).
Change : principles of problem formation and problem
resolution. New York : Norton. |
|
WATZLAWICK, P.J. (1975/81). Changements, paradoxes et
psychothérapies. Paris : Éditions du Seuil. |
| WATZLAWICK, P.J. (Ed.) (1984). The invented reality : Contributions to constructivism.New York : Norton. |
| WATZLAWICK, P.J. (1988). Les pathologies des grands systèmes. Cahiers Critiques de Thérapie Familiale et de Pratiques de Réseaux, 8, 1-18. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Waugh Nancy Collier (1930-2002) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mémoire à court terme et des stratégies de rappel.
Collaboratrice de Norman.
|
WAUGH, N.C. (1961). Free versus serial recall. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 62, 496-502. |
|
WAUGH, N.C. (1962). The effect of intralist repetition on
free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 1, 95-99. |
|
WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1965). Primary memory. Psychological
Review, 72 (2), 89-104. [PDF] |
|
WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1968). The measure of
interference in primary memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 7, 617-626. |
|
WAUGH, N.C. (1985). Acquisition and retention of a verbal
habit in early and late adulthood. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 23, 437-439. |
|
|
FOZARD, J.L., NORMAN, D.A., THOMAS, J.C. & BARR, R.A.
(2004). Nancy Collier Waugh (1930-2002) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 59 (1), 45. |
|
|
|
WBIS : Test d'intelligence inventé en 1939 par Weschler alors qu'il était psychologue à l'hôpital psychiatrique de Bellevue à New York entre 1932 et 1967. Ancêtre du WAIS.
= Weschler-Bellevue. Wechsler-Bellevue
Intelligence Scale.
|
|
| |
BAYLEY, N. (1957). Data on the growth of intelligence
between sixteen and twenty-one years as measured by the
Wechsler-Bellevue Scale. Journal of Genetic Psychology
90, 3-15. |
|
|
|
| WAS
- WEATHERLY
- WEAVER - WEBER
- WECHSLER - WEINER -
WEISMAN - WEISS
- WERNICKE -
WERTHEIMER - WERTSCH -
WH |
Weakland John H. (1919-1995) : Chimiste et anthropologue
américain. Il est l'un des membres fondateurs du Groupe
de Palo Alto. Étudiant de Mead
et Benedict.
Collaborateur de Bateson, Erickson,
Fisch, Jackson, Haley
et Watzlawick.
|
BATESON, G., JACKSON, D.D., HALEY, J. & WEAKLAND, J.H.
(1956). Toward a theory of schizophrenia. Behavioral
Science, 1, 251-264. |
|
WATZLAWICK, P., WEAKLAND, J. & FISCH, R. (1975). Changements : paradoxes et psychothérapie. Paris : Seuil. |
|
WATZLAWICK, P. & WEAKLAND, J. (1981). Sur
l'interaction. Paris : Seuil. |
|
FISCH, R., WEAKLAND, J.H. et SEGAL, L. (1984).
Tactiques du changement : Thérapies et temps court.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
WEAKLAND, J.H. & RAY, W. (Eds.) (1995). Propagations
: Thirty Years of Influence from the Mental Research
Institute. New York : Haworth. |
|
|
|
Weary Daniel M. ( ) : Biologiste
et ethologiste canadien,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la douleur
et du bien-être animal.
Collaborateur de Weisman.
|
WEARY, D.M. & WEISMAN, R.G. (1991). Operant
discrimination of frequency and frequency ratio in the
black-capped chickadee (Parus atricapillus). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 105, 253-259. |
|
WEARY, D.M., NIEL, L., FLOWER, F.C. & FRASER, D.
(2006). Identifying and preventing pain in animals. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 100 (1-2), 64-76. |
|
WEARY, D.M., HUZZEY, J.M. & Von KEYSERLIGNK, M.A.G.
(2008). Board-invited review : Using behavior to predict
and identify ill health in animals. Journal of animal
science, 87 (2), 770-777 |
|
WEARY, D.M., DROEGE, P. & BRAITHWAITE, V.A. (2017).
Behavioural evidence of felt emotions: approaches,
inferences and refinements. Advances in the Study of
Behavior, 28, 27-48. |
|
WEARY, D.M. & ROBBINS, J.A. (2019). Understanding the
multiple conceptions of animal welfare. Animal
Welfare, 28, 33-40. |
|
|
|
Weatherly Jeffrey N. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
compulsif. Collaborateur de Derenne,
Dixon et McSweeney.
|
WEATHERLY, J.N., SAUTER, J.M. & KING, B.M. (2004). The
"big win" and resistance to extinction when gambling. Journal
of Psychology, 138 (6), 495-504. |
|
WEATHERLY, J.N. & DERENNE, A. (2007). Rats playing a
slot machine : a preliminary attempt at an animal gambling
model. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 1 (2),
79-89. [PDF] |
|
WEATHERLY, J.N., DERENNE, A. & CHASE, S. (2008). Do
the risk factors for pathological gambling predict 25
temporal discounting ? Analysis of Gambling Behavior,
2 (1), 25-34. [PDF]
|
|
WEATHERLY, J.N. & MEIER, E. (2008). Does providing
accurate information about slot machines alter how
participants play them ? Analysis of Gambling
Behavior, 2, 2-11. |
|
WEATHERLY, J.N., DERENNE, A. & TERRELL, H.K. (2010).
College students discount money "Won" more than money
"owed". The Psychological Record, 60, 463-470. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Webb Thomas Llewelyn ( ) : Psychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la
régulation des émotions et des
intentions. Collaborateur de
Aarts, Gollwitzer
et Sheeran
|
WEBB, T.L. & SHEERAN, P. (2003). Can implementation
intentions help to overcome ego-depletion ? Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 279-286. |
|
WEBB, T.L. & SHEERAN, P. (2004). Identifying good
opportunities to act : Implementation intentions and cue
discrimination. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 34, 407-419. |
|
WEBB, T.L. & SHEERAN, P. (2007). How do implementation
intentions promote goal attainment ? A test of component
processes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
43, 295-302. |
|
WEBB, T.L., GALLO, I.S., MILES, E., GOLLWITZER, P.M. &
SHEERAN, P. (2012). Effective regulation of affect: An
action control perspective on emotion regulation. European
Review of Social Psychology, 23 (1), 143-186. [PDF] |
|
WEBB, T.L., TOTTERDELL, P. & IBAR, D.N.H. (2015).
Foundations and extensions for the extended model : More
on implicit and explicit forms of emotion regulation.
Psychological Inquiry, 26 (1), 123-129. [PDF] |
|
|
|
WebCT
:
| |
|
|
WERNET, S., OLLIGES, R. & DELICATH, T. (2000).
Postcourse evaluations of WebCT (Web Course Tools) classes
by social work students. Research on Social Work
Practice, 10 (4), 487-504. |
|
YIP, M.C.W. (2004). Using WebCT to teach courses online. British Journal of Educational Technology, 35 (4),
497-501. |
|
|
Voir aussi Site
Internet pédagogique |
|
|
|
|
Weber
Elke ( ) :
Psychosociologue américaine. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la
mesure de la perception
du risque, notamment dans
le contexte du réchauffement
climatique. Collaboratrice de Hsee.
|
WEBER, E.U., ANDERSON, C. & BIRNBAUM, M.H. (1992). A
theory of perceived risk and attractiveness. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 52,
492-523. [PDF] |
|
WEBER, E.U., BLAIS, A.-R. & BETZ, N. (2002). A
domain-specific risk-attitude scale : Measuring risk
perceptions and risk behaviors. Journal of Behavioral
Decision Making, 15, 263-290. [PDF] |
|
WEBER, E.U. & JOHNSON, E. (2009). Mindful judgment and
decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 60,
53-86. [PDF] |
|
WEBER, E.U. (2010). What shapes perceptions of climate
change ? Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews : Climate
Change, 1 (3), 332-342. [PDF] |
|
WEBER, E.U. (2015). Climate change demands behavioral
change : What are the challenges ? Social Research :
An International Quarterly, 82, 561-581. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weber Ernst Heinrich (Wittenberg 1795-1878 Leipzig) :
Physiologiste allemand
et fondateur de la psychophysiologie.
Il est aussi le chef de file de
l'École expérimentale allemande. Il a notamment étudié la
perception des poids et énoncé une loi qui porte son nom (Loi
de Weber). Professeur de Fechner,
Flechsig, Hering
et Lotze.
 |
|
|
| |
| |
| |
|
|
NICOLAS, S. & VOBORÏL, D. (2019). Weber's compass and
aesthesiometers : History of the technical evolution of
devices for tactile discrimination. L'Année
Psychologique / Topics in Cognitive Psychology, 119, 97-170. |
|
|
|
Weber Max (1864-1920) : Sociologue
allemand et fondateur de la sociologie scientifique. Professeur de
Lukacs. Collaborateur de Parsons.
 |
WEBER, M. (1959). Le savant et le politique. Paris
: Plon. |
|
WEBER, M. (1962). Basic concepts in sociology.
Greenwood Press. |
|
WEBER, M. (1964). L'éthique protestante et l'esprit
du capitalisme. Paris : Plon. |
|
WEBER, M. (1965). Essais sur la théorie de la
science. Paris : Plon. |
|
WEBER, M. (1996). Sociologie des religions. Paris
: Gallimard. |
|
|
ROCHER, G. (1988). La réception de l'oeuvre de Max Weber
dans la sociologie du droit aux États-Unis. Droit et
Société, 9, 269-300. |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (2002). The shadow of exploitation in Weber's
class analysis. American Sociological Review , 67, 832-853.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Wechsler David (Lespedi Roumanie 1896-1981 New York) :
Psychométricien
américain d'origine roumaine, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il est l'inventeur de quatre
tests d'intelligence (WAIS, WBIS,
WISC, WPPSI). Étudiant de Pearson
et Spearman.
Professeur de Kaufman.
No
51 |
WECHSLER, D. (1939). The measurement of adult
intelligence. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
WECHSLER, D. (1940). Non-intellective factors in general
intelligence. Psychological Bulletin, 37,
444-445. |
|
WECHSLER, D. (1949/67). Manual for the Wechsler
intelligence Scale for children. New York : The
Psychological Corporation. |
|
WECHSLER, D. (1955). The range of human capacities. Baltimore
: Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
MATARAZZO, J.D. (1981). Obituary : David Wechsler
(1896-1981). American Psychologist, 36 (12),
1542-1543. |
|
|
|
Wegner Daniel M. (Calgary 1948-) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la conscience.
Collaborateur de Dijksterhuis,
Gilbert et Schacter.
|
WEGNER, D.M. & CRANO, W.D. (1975). Racial factors in
helping behavior : An unobtrusive field experiment.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 901-905.
[PDF] |
|
WEGNER, D.M. & GIULINAO, T. (1983). Social awareness
in story comprehension. Social Cognition, 2,
1-17. [PDF] |
|
WEGNER, D.M., QUILLIAN, F. & HOUSTON, C.E. (1996).
Memories out of order : Thought suppression and the
disturbance of sequence memory. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 680-691. [PDF] |
|
WEGNER, D.M. (2004). Précis of The illusion of conscious
will. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 27, 649-692.
[PDF] |
|
WEGNER, D.M. (2009). How to think, say, or do precisely
the worst thing for any occasion. Science, 325,
48-51. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weinberger Daniel R. (New York 1947-) :
Psychiatre américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la schizophrénie.
Collaborateur de Torrey.
|
WEINBERGER, D.R., CANNON-SPOOR, E., POTKIN, S.G. &
WYATT, R.J. (1980). Poor premorbid adjustment and CT scan
abnormalities in chronic schizophrenia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 1410-1413. |
|
WEINBERGER, D.R., BERMAN K.F. & CHASE, T.N. (1988).
Mesocortical dopaminergic function and human cognition. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 537, 330-338. |
|
WEINBERGER, D.R. (1995). Schizophrenia : From
neuropathology to neurodevelopment. Lancet, 346, 552-557. |
| WEINBERGER, D.R. & GALLHOFER, B. (1997). Cognitive dysfunction in schizophrenia. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 12 (S), 29-36. |
|
WEINBERGER, D.R. (1999). Cell biology of the hippocampal
formation in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry,
45, 395-402. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weiner Bernard (Chicago 1935-) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des attributions,
de la motivation et des
émotions. Collaborateur d'Anderson,
Frieze,
Jones, Kelley, Nisbett
et Valins.
 |
WEINER, B. & SCHNEIDER, K. (1971). Drive versus
cognitive theory : a reply to Boor and Harmon. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 18,
258-262. |
|
WEINER, B. (1980). A cognitive
(attribution)-emotion-action model of motivated behavior :
An analysis of judgments of help-giving. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 39 (2),
186-200. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, B. (1985). Spontaneous causal thinking. Psychological
Bulletin, 97 (1), 74-84. |
|
WEINER, B. (2000). Intrapersonal and interpersonal
theories of motivation from an attributional perspective.
Educational Psychology Review, 12, 1-14.
[PDF] |
|
WEINER, B., OSBORNE, D. & RUDOLPH, U. (2011). An
attributional analysis of reactions to poverty : The
political ideology of the giver and the perceived morality
of the receiver. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 15 (2), 199-213. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weiner Harold ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage,
notamment des programmes
de renforcement. On lui doit le concept de coût de la réponse (Cost of response).
|
WEINER, H. (1962). Some effects of response cost upon
human operant behavior. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 5 (2), 201-208. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, H. (1963). Response cost and the aversive control
of human operant behavior. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6 (3), 415-421. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, H. (1964). Conditioning history and human
fixed-interval performance. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7 (5), 383-385.
[PDF] |
|
WEINER, H. (1969). Controlling human fixed-interval
performance. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 12 (3), 349-373. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, H. (1983). Some thoughts on discrepant
human-animal performances under schedules of
reinforcement. The Psychological Record, 33, 521-532. |
|
|
|
Weiner Irving B. (1933-2024) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité
et du test de
Rorschach. Collaborateur de Bornstein et Exner.
|
WEINER, I.B. & EXNER, J.E. (1991). Rorschach changes
in long-term and short-term psychotherapy. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 56, 453-465. |
|
WEINER, I.B. (1995). Methodological considerations in
Rorschach research. Psychological Assessment, 7, 330-337. |
|
WEINER, I.B. (2000). Using the Rorschach properly in
practice and research. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 435-438. [PDF] |
|
WEINER, I.B. (2001). Advancing the science of
psychological assessment : The Rorschach Inkblot Method as
exemplar. Psychological Assessment, 13, 423-432.
[PDF] |
|
WEINER, I.B. SPIELBERGER, C.D. & ABELES, N. (2002).
Scientific psychology and the Rorschach Inkblot Method.
The Clinical Psychologist, 55, 7-12. |
|
|
|
|
|
Weinstein Aviv Malkiel (Haifa 1961-) : Psychologue
israëlien, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
compulsif et de la dépendance
aux jeux vidéo et à internet.
Collaborateur de
Lejoyeux.
|
WEINSTEIN, A.M. (2010). Computer and video game addiction
: A comparison between game users and non-game users. The
American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 36,
268-276. [PDF] |
|
WEINSTEIN, A.M. & LEJOYEUX, M. (2010). Internet
addiction or excessive internet use. Journal of Drug
& Alcohol Abuse, 36 (5), 277-283. [PDF] |
|
WEINSTEIN, A.M. & LEJOYEUX, M. (2013). New
developments in the psychobiology of internet and
videogame addiction. American Journal of Addiction,
20, 1-9. |
|
WEINSTEIN, A., FEDER, L.C., ROSENBERG, K.P. & DANNON,
P. (2014). Internet addiction disorder : Overview and
controversies. In K.P. Rosenberg & L.C. Feder (Eds.),
Behavioral addictions (pp. 99-117). San Diego, CA
: Academic Press. |
|
WEINSTEIN, A., DORANI, D., ELHADIF R., BUKOVZA, Y. &
YAMULNIK, A. (2015). Internet addiction is associated with
social anxiety in young adults. Annals of Clinical
Psychiatry, 27 (1), 2-7. |
|
|
|
Weinstein Neil D. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du risque
(radon, cancer,
tabagisme) et de l'optimisme. Collaborateur de Gibbons
et Slovic.
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D. (1980). Unrealistic optimism about future
life events. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 39 (5), 806-820.
[PDF] |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D. (1989). Optimistic biases about personal
risks. Science, 246 (4935), 1232-1233. [PDF] |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D. & KLEIN, W.M. (1996). Unrealistic
optimism : Present and future. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 15, 1-8. |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D., ATWOOD, K., PULEO, E., FLETCHER, R.,
COLDITZ, G. & EMMONS, K.M. (2004). Colon cancer : Risk
perceptions and risk communication. Journal of Health
Communication, 9, 53-65. |
|
WEINSTEIN, N.D., MOSER, R. & MARCUS, S. (2005).
Smokers = unrealistic optimism about their risk. Tobacco
Control, 14, 55-59. |
|
|
|
Weinstein Rhona S. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'effet
Pygmalion et des prophéties
auto-réalisantes. Collaboratrice de
Good.
|
WEINSTEIN, R.S. (1976). Reading group membership in first
grade : Teacher behaviors and pupil experience over time.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 103-116. |
|
WEINSTEIN, R.S., MARSHALL, H.H., BOTKIN, M. & SHARP L.
(1987). Pygmalion and the student : Age and classroom
differences in children's awareness of teacher
expectations. Child Development, 58, 1079-1093. |
|
WEINSTEIN, R.S., SOULE, C.C., COLLINS, F., CONE J.,
MEHLOR, N.M. & SIMONTACCH, I.K. (1991). Expectations
and high school change : Teacher-researcher collaboration
to prevent school failure. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 19, 333-363. |
|
WEINSTEIN, R.S. & McKOWN, C. (1998). Expectancy
effects in "context" : Listening to the voices of students
and teachers. Advances in Research on Teaching, 7,
215-242. |
|
WEINSTEIN, R.S., GREGORY, A. & STRAMBLER, M. (2004).
Intractable self-fulfilling prophecies : Fifty years after
Brown v. Board of Education. American Psychologist,
59, 511-520. |
|
|
|
Weisberg
Robert W. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la créativité.
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1980). Memory, thought, and behavior.
New York : Oxford. |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1981). Competence, performance, and
ignorance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 4, 356-358. |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1986). Creativity : Genius and other
myths. Freeman. |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1993). Creativity : Beyond the myth
of genius. New York : Freeman. |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1994). Genius and madness ? A
quasi-experimental test of the hypothesis that
manic-depression increases creativity. Psychological
Science, 5, 361-367. |
|
|
|
Weiskrantz
Lawrence (1926-2018) : Neuropsychologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude de l'amnésie
et de la vision
aveugle. Il s'intéresse également à la conscience.
= Larry. Collaborateur de Broadbent
et Warrington.
 |
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1950). Figural after-effects in
stroboscopic motion.The Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 2, 113-118. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1979). Conditioning
in amnesic patients. Neuropsychologia, 17,
187-194. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1987). Neuroanatomy of memory and amnesia
: A case for multiple memory systems. Human
Neurobiology, 6, 93-105. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1995). Blindsight : Not an island unto
itself. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
4, 146-151. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1998). Consciousness and commentaries. International
Journal of Psychology, 33 (3), 227-233. |
|
|
|
|
|
Weisman
Ronald G. (1937-2015) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et ornithologue
canadien d'origine américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
psychologie
comparative, notamment de de
l'inhibition. Étudiant de Premack.
Collaborateur de Dennys, Hulse
et Weary.
 |
WEISMAN, R.G. (1969). Some determinants of inhibitory
stimulus control. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 443-450. [PDF] |
|
WEISMAN, R.G. & PALMER, J.A. (1969). Factors
influencing inhibitory stimulus control : discrimination
training and prior non-differential reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2),
229-237.
[PDF] |
|
WEISMAN, R.G. & THIO, H. (1976). Dimensional stimulus
control following brief wavelength training. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 26 (2),
191-197. [PDF]
|
|
WEISMAN, R.G., BROWNLIE, L., OLTHOF, A., STURDY, C.B.,
NJEGOVAN, M. & MEWHORT, D. (1999). Timing and
classifying brief acoustic stimuli by songbirds and
humans. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 25, 139-152. |
|
WEISMAN, R.G. (2008). Advice to young behavioral and
cognitive scientists. Behavioural Processes, 77, 142-148.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weiss Albert P. (Steingrund 1879-1931) : Psychologue
allemand et béhavioriste
avant la lettre.
 |
WEISS, A.P. (1924). Behaviorism and behavior, II. Psychological
Review, 31, 118-149. |
|
WEISS, A.P. (1925). One set of postulates for a
behavioristic psychology. Psychological Review, 32, 83-87. |
|
WEISS, A.P. (1928). Behaviorism and ethics. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 22, 388-397. |
|
WEISS, A.P. (1928). Feelings and emotion as forms of
behavior. In M.L. Reymert (Ed.), Feelings and emotions
: The Wittenberg symposium (pp. 170-192).
Worcester, MA : Clark University Press. |
|
WEISS, A.P. (1929). A theoretical basis of human
behavior. Columbus, OH : R.G. Adams & Co. |
|
|
|
Weis Alexander ( ) : Psychologue
et primatologue
écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de la
personnalité animale. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'orang-outan
et au chimpanzé.
Collaborateur de Batty, Deary,
Gale, King
et Matsuzawa.
|
WEISS, A., KING, J.E. & FIGUEDERO, A.J. (2000). The
heritability of personality factors in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Behavior Genetics, 30, 213-221. |
|
WEISS, A., KING, J.E. & PERKINS, L. (2006).
Personality and subjective well-being in orangutans (Pongo
pygmaeus and Pongo abeli). Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 90, 501-511. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, A., KING, J.E. & HOPKINS, W.H. (2007). A
cross-setting study of chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes)
personality structure and development : Zoological parks
and Yerkes National Primate Center. American Journal
of Primatology, 69, 1-14. |
|
WEISS, A., INOUE-MURAYAMA, M., KING, J.E., ADAMS, M.J.
& MATSUZAWA, T. (2012). All too human ? Chimpanzee and
orang-utan personalities are not anthropomorphic
projections. Animal Behaviour, 83, 1355-1365. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, A. & KING, J.E. (2015). Great ape origins of
personality maturation and sex differences : A study of
orangutans and chimpanzees. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 108 (4), 648-664. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weiss Bernard (New York 1925-2018) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en toxicologie. Collaborateur de Gentry
et Laties.
|
WEISS, B. & LATIES, V.G. (1959). Titration behavior on
various fractional escape programs. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (3),
227-2481. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, B. & LATIES, V.G. (1963). Effects of
amphetamine, chlorpromazine and pentobarbital on
behavioral thermoregulation. Journal of Pharmacology
& Experimental Therapeutics, 140, 1-7. |
|
GENTRY, G.D., WEISS, B. & LATIES, V.G. (1983). The
microanalysis of fixed-interval responding. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2),
327-343. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, B., STERN, S, COX, C. & BALYS, M. (2005).
Perinatal and lifetime exposure to methylmercury in the
mouse : behavioral effects. Neurotoxicology, 26,
675-690. |
|
|
NEWLAND, C.M. (2018). Bernard Weiss. Perspectives in Behavioral sciences, 41,
(1), 319-323.[PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
Weiss
Gabrielle ( ) : Psychiatre
canadienne et spécialiste de l'hyperactivité.
Professeur de Sykes.
Collaboratrice de Douglas
et Werry.
|
WEISS, G., KRUGER, E., DANIELLSON, U. & ELMAN, M.
(1975). Effect of long-term treatment of hyperactive
children with methylphenidate. Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 112 (2), 159-165. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, G., WERRY, J., MINDE, K., DOUGLAS, V. & SYKES,
D. (1968). Studies on the hyperactive child. V. The
effects of dextroamphetamine and chlorpromazine on
behaviour and intellectual functioning. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (3), 145-156. |
|
WEISS, G. & TROKENBERG-HECHTMAN, L.T. (1993). Hyperactive
children grown up : ADHD in children, adolescents, and
adults. Guilford Press. |
|
WEISS, G. (2001). ADHD in adulthood : A guide to
current theory, diagnosis, and treatment. Johns
Hopkins University Press. |
|
|
CARREY, N. (2009). Interview with Dr. Gabrielle "Gaby"
Weiss. Journal Canadian Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 18 (4), 340-343. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weiss
Jonathan A. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste des troubles
envahissement du développement.
|
WEISS, J.A. (2003). Self-injurious behaviours in autism :
A literature review. Journal on Developmental
Disabilities, 9 (2), 129-143.
[PDF] |
|
WEISS, J.A., SULLIVAN, A. & DIOMOND, T. (2004). Parent
stress and adaptive functioning of individuals with
developmental disabilities. Journal on Developmental
Disabilities, 10 (1), 129-136. |
|
WEISS, J.A. & LUNSKY, Y. & MORI, D. (2010).
Psychology graduate student training in developmental
disability : A Canadian survey. Canadian Psychology,
51 (3), 177-184. |
|
WEISS, J.A. & LUNSKY, Y. (2010). Group cognitive
behaviour therapy for adults with Asperger syndrome and
anxiety or mood disorder : A case series. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 17, 438-446. |
|
WEISS, J.A. (2012). Mental health care for Canadians with
developmental disabilities. Canadian Psychology, 53
(1), 67-69. |
|
|
|
Weiss
Jay Michael ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du stress
et de la dépression
animale. Il s'intéresse notamment au rôle du locus
coeruleus dans l'apparition de ce trouble. Collaborateur de
Nemeroff.
|
WEISS, J.M. (1967). A tail electrode for unrestrained
rats. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
10 (1), 85-86.
[PDF] |
|
WEISS, J.M. (1980). Coping behavior : Explaining
behavioral depression following uncontrollable stressful
events. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 18,
485-504. |
|
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994).
Experimental studies of depression and anxiety : role of
locus coeruleus and corticotropin-releasing factor.
Brain Research Bulletin, 35, 561-572. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994). Depression
and anxiety : role of the locus coeruleus and
corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain Research
Bulletin, 35, 561-572. |
|
WEISS, J.M., BOSS-WILLIAMS, K.A., MOORE, J.P.,
DEMETRIKOPOULOS, M.K., RITCHIE, J.C. & WEST, C.H.K.
(2005). Testing the hypothesis that locus coeruleus
hyperactivity produces depression-related changes via
galanin. Neuropeptides, 39, 281-287. |
|
|
|
Weiss
Margaret D. ( ) : Psychiatre
et historienne canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du
troubles déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité.
 |
WEISS, M., MURRAY, C. & WEISS, G. (2002). Adults with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : current
concepts. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 8,
99-111. |
|
WEISS, M. & WEISS, J.R. (2002). A guide to the
treatment of adults with ADHD. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 65 (S), 27-37. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, M. & MURRAY, C. (2003). Assessment and
management of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in
adults. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 168 (6),
715-722. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, M., GADOW, K. & WASDELL, M.B. (2006).
Effectiveness outcomes in attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67 (S8),
38-45. |
|
WEISS, M. (2010). The unique aspects of assessment of
ADHD. Primary Psychiatry, 17 (5), 21-25. |
|
|
|
Weiss
Maureen R. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du sport,
du comportement des athlètes
et de l'exercice
physique.
|
WEISS, M.R., WIESE, D.M. & KLINT, K.A. (1989). Head
over heels with success : The relationship between
self-efficacy and performance in competitive youth
gymnastics. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 11, 444-451. |
|
WEISS, M.R., HORN, T.S. & EBBECK, V. (1997).
Children's self-perceptions and sources of physical
competence information : A cluster analysis. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 19 (1), 52-70. |
|
WEISS, M.R. & AMOROSE, A.J. (2005). Children's
self-perceptions in the physical domain : Between- and
within-age variability in level, accuracy, and sources of
perceived competence. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 27, 226-244. |
|
WEISS, M.R. (2008). "Field of dreams" : Sport as a context
for youth development. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 79, 434-449. |
|
WEISS, M.R., AMOROSE, A.J. & WILKO, A.M. (2009).
Coaching behaviors, motivational climate, and psychosocial
outcomes among female adolescent athletes. Pediatric
Exercise Science, 21, 475-492. |
|
|
|
Weiss Paul Alfred (Vienne 1898-1989 New York) :
Biologiste autrichien.
Professeur de Sperry.
|
WEISS, P.A. (1934). In vitro experiments on the factors
determining the course of the outgrowing nerve fiber.
Journal of Experimental Zoology, 68, 393-448. |
|
WEISS, P.A. (1939). Principles of development.
Henry Holt and Company. |
|
WEISS, P.A. (1939). The system of nature and the nature of
systems : Empirical holism and practical reductionism
harmonized. In K.E. Schaefer, H. Hensel & R. Brady,
(Eds.), A new image of man in medicine. (Vol.
1, pp. 17-63). Mt. Kisco NY : Futura Publishing Company. |
|
WEISS, P.A. (1959). Animal behavior as system reaction :
Orientation toward light and gravity in the resting
postures of butterflies (Vanessa). General Systems :
Yearbook of the Society for General Systems Research, 4,
19-44. |
|
WEISS, P.A. & TAYLOR, A.C. (1965). Demonstration of
axonal flow by the movement of tritium labeled protein in
mature optic nerve fibers. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 541, 1521-1527. |
|
|
OVERTON, J. (1989). Paul Alfred Weiss, biographical
memoirs. National Academy of Sciences. [PDF] |
|
DRACK, M., APFALTER, W. & POUVREAU, D. (2007). On the
making of a system theory of life : Paul Alfred Weiss and
Ludwig Von Bertalanffy's conceptual connection. The
Quarterly Review of Biology, 82 (4), 349-373. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weiss Robert L. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste-cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de la thérapie
de couple. Il s'intéresse aussi au mariage.
Collaborateur de Krasner, Margolin
et Patterson.
|
WEISS, R.L. (1964). The reinforcing effect of rate of
stimulation with psychiatric patients. American
Psychologist, 19, 583. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1975). Contracts, cognition, and change : A
behavioral approach to marriage therapy. The
Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 15-26. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1980). Strategic behavioral marital therapy:
Toward a model for assessment and intervention. In J.P.
Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family intervention,
assessment and theory (Vol. 1, pp. 229-271).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1979). Resistance in behavioral marriage
therapy. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 7, 3-6. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1984). Cognitive and strategic interventions
in behavioral marital therapy. In K. Hahlweg & N.S.
Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction : Analysis and
modification. New York : Guilford. |
|
|
|
Weisz
John R. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la perception
de contrôle. Collaborateur de Chorpita
et Kazdin.
|
WEISZ, J.R. (1977). A follow-up developmental study of
hypothesis behavior among retarded and non-retarded
children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
24,108-122. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R. (1979). Perceived control and learned
helplessness in mentally retarded and nonretarded children
: A developmental analysis. Developmental Psychology,
15, 311-319. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. ALICKE, M.D. & KLOTZ, M.L.
(1987). Effectiveness of psychotherapy with children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis for clinicians. Journal
of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 55 (4),
542-549. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited : A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117
(3), 450-468. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., SOUTHAM-GEROW, M.A. & McCARTY, C.A.
(2001). Control-related beliefs and depressive symptoms in
clinic-referred children and adolescents : Developmental
differences and model specificity. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 110, 97-109. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Weitzenhoffer André M. (Paris 1921-2005 Reno) : Psychologue
français et spécialiste de l'hypnose.
Collaborateur d'Erickson et
Hilgard.
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A. (1949). The production of anti-social
acts under hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 44 (3), 420-422. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1959).
Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales, Forms A &
B. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists Press. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1962). Stanford
Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form C. Palo Alto,
CA : Consulting Psychologists Press. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. (1980). Hypnotic susceptibility
revisited. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 22,
130-146. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A. (2000). The practice of hypnotism.
John Wiley & Sons. |
|
|
|
|
|
Weller
Aron (Minneapolis 1958-) : Psychologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à
l'effet McClintock. Collaborateur de
Mikulincer et Weller.
|
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1992). Menstrual synchrony in
female couples. Psychoneuro-Endocrinology, 17,
171-177. |
|
WELLER, A. & HENER, T. (1993). Invasiveness of medical
procedures and state anxiety in women. Behavioral
Medicine, 19, 60-65. |
|
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1995). Examination of
menstrual synchrony among women basketball players. Psychoneuro-Endocrinology,
20 (6), 613-622. |
|
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1997). Menstrual variability
and the measurement of menstrual synchrony. Psychoneuro-
Endocrinology, 22, 115-128. |
|
WELLER, A. & WELLER, L. (1998). Prolonged and very
intensive contact may not be conducive to menstrual
synchrony. Psychoneuro-Endocrinology, 23, 19-32. |
|
|
|
Weller Leonard ( ) : Sociologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'ordre
des naissance au sein des familles
et à l'effet
McClintock. Collaborateur de Weller.
|
WELLER, L. & WELLER, A. (1993). Human menstrual
synchrony : A critical assessment. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 17, 427-439. |
|
WELLER, L., WELLER, A. & AVINIR, O. (1995). Menstrual
synchrony : Only in roommates who are close friends ? Physiology
& Behavior, 58, 883-889. |
|
WELLER, L. & WELLER, A. (1997). Menstrual variability
and the measurement of menstrual synchrony.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 22 (2), 115-128. |
|
WELLER, L., WELLER, A. & ROIZMAN, S. (1999). Human
menstrual synchrony in families and among close friends :
Examining the importance of mutual exposure. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 113, 261-268. |
|
WELLER, L., WELLER, A., KORESH-KAMIN, H. & BEN-SHOSAN,
R. (1999). Menstrual synchrony in a sample of working
women. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 24, 449-459. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Adrian ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine britannique et spécialiste de la métacognition
du trouble
de stress post-traumatique et de la phobie
sociale. Collaborateur de Clark.
|
WELLS, A. (1994). A multi-dimensional measure of worry :
Development and preliminary validation of the anxious
thoughts inventory. Anxiety, Stress & Coping, 6, 289-299. |
|
WELLS, A. & PAPEGERGIOU, C. (1998). Social phobia :
effects of external attention on anxiety, negative beliefs
and perspective taking. Behavior Therapy, 29,
357-370. |
|
WELLS, A. & CARTER, K. (2001). Further tests of a
cognitive model of generalized anxiety disorder :
Metacognitions and worry in GAD, panic disorder, social
phobia, depression, and nonpatients. Behavior
Therapy, 32 (1), 85-102. |
|
WELLS, A. (2002). GAD, metacognition, and mindfulness : An
information processing analysis. Clinical Psychology
: Science & Practice, 9 (1), 95-100. |
|
WELLS, A. (2007). Cognition about cognition :
Metacognitive therapy and change in generalized anxiety
disorder and social phobia. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14 (1), 18-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wells Gary L. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des attributions
causales, notamment chez les témoins
oculaires et des attributions. Collaborateur de
Loftus, Petty et wixted.
|
WELLS, G.L. & HARVEY, J.H. (1977). Do people use
consensus information in making causal attributions ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35, 279-293. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1982). Attribution and reconstructive memory.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 18,
447-463. |
|
WELLS, G.L. RYDELL, S.M. & SEELAU, E.P. (1993). On the
selection of distractors for eyewitness lineups. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 78, 835-844. |
|
WELLS, G.L. & OLSON, E.A. (2003). Eyewitness
testimony. The Annual Review of Psycychology, 54,
277-295. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (2020). Psychological science on eyewitness
identification and its impact on police practices and
policies. American Psychologist, 75, 1316-1329. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wender Paul H. (New York 1934-2016) : Psychiatre américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du trouble d'attention avec ou sans hyperactivité. Avec Ward et Reihmerr, il a inventé une échelle
d'évaluation du trouble du
déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaborateur de = Dean of ADHD.
|
WENDER, P.H. (1971). Minimal brain dysfunction.
New York : Wiley. |
|
WENDER, P.H., REIMHERR, F.W., WOOD, D.R. & WARD, M.
(1985). A controlled study of methylphenidate in the
treatment of attention deficit disorder, residual type, in
adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142,
547-552. |
|
WARD, M.F., WENDER, P.H. & REIMHERR, F.W. (1993). The
Wender Utah Rating Scale : An aid in the retrospective
diagnosis of childhood attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 885-890.
[PDF] |
|
WENDER, P.H. (1995). Attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in adults. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
WENDER, P.H., REIMHERR, F.W., MARCHANT, B.K., SANFORD,
M.E., CZAJKOWSKI, L.A. & TOMB, D.A. (2011). A one year
trial of methylphenidate in the treatment of ADHD. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 15 (1), 36-45. |
|
|
RÖSLER, M., MIFT, T., MARCHANT, B.K. & REIMHERR, F.W. (2016). In memoriam : Paul H. Wender. Journal of Attention Disorders, 8 (4), 173-174. |
|
|
|
Wenger
Etienne (Neuchatel 1952-) : Cybernéticien
socioconstructiviste
d'origine suisse et spécialiste de l'apprentissage
et de l'intelligence
artificielle. Collaborateur de Lave.
|
LAVE, J. & WENGER, E. (1991). Situated learning :
Legitimate peripheral participation. New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
WENGER, E. (1996). Communities of practice : The social
fabric of learning organization. Healthcare Forum
Journal, 39 (4), 20-26. |
|
WENGER, E. (1998). Communities of practice. Learning,
meaning, and identity. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
WENGER, E. (1998). Communities of practice. Learning,
meaning, and identity. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
WENGER, E., McDERMOTT, R. & SNYDER, W. (2002). Cultivating
communities of practice : a guide to managing knowledge.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard Business School Press. |
|
|
|
Wenger
G Clare (1936-2021) : Psychologue
écologiste anglaise
et spécialiste de l'étude de la
solitude, de
l'isolement social et des réseaux
sociaux. Collaborateur de Keating.
|
WENGER, G.C. (1983). Loneliness : A problem of
measurement. In D. Jerrome (Ed.), Ageing in modern
society (pp. 145-167). London : Croom Helm. |
|
WENGER, G.C. (1992). Help in old age : Facing up to
change. Liverpool, U.K.: Institute of Human Ageing,
Liverpool University Press. |
|
WENGER, G.C., DAVIES, R., SHAHTAHMASEBI, S. & SCOTT,
A. (1996). Social isolation and loneliness in old age :
Review and model refinement. Ageing & Society,
16, 333-358. [PDF] |
|
WENGER, G.C. (2001). Ageing without children : Rural
wales. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 16,
79-109. |
|
WENGER, G.C. & BURHOLT, V. (2004). Changes in levels
of social isolation and loneliness among older people in a
rural area: A twenty-year longitudinal study. Canadian
Journal on Aging, 23 (2), 115-127. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wentzel
Katryn R. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée en éducation
et dans l'étude du développement
de l'amitié chez les
adolescents et de leur
motivation et réussite
scolaire. Collaboratrice de Wigfield.
 |
WENTZEL, K.R. (1991). Social competence at school :
Relation between social responsibility and academic
achievement. Review of Educational Research, 61 (1),
1-24. |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. & CALDWELL, K. (1997). Friendships, peer
acceptance, and group membership : Relations to academic
achievement in middle school. Child Development, 68 (6),
1198-1209. [PDF] |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. (1998). Social support and adjustment in
middle school : The role of parents, teachers, and peers.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 202-209. [PDF] |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. (2002). Are effective teachers like good
parents ? Interpersonal predictors of school adjustment in
early adolescence. Child Development, 73, 287-301.
[PDF] |
|
WENTZEL, K.R., BAKER, S.A. & RUSSELL, S.L. (2012).
Young adolescents' perceptions of teachers' and peers'
goals as predictors of social and academic goal pursuit. Applied
Psychology : An International Review, 61 (4),
605-633. |
|
|
|
|
Werbart
Andrzej ( ) : Psychologue
et psychanalyste
suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation
thérapeutique. Collaborateur de
Sandell.
|
WERBART, A., BRUSELL, L., IGGEDAL, R. & LAVFORS, K.
(2016). Changes in Self-Representations Following
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy for Young Adults 2016.
Andrzej Werbart (et al.). Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 64 (5), 917-958. |
|
WERBART, A., GRÜNBAUM, C., JONASSON, B., KEMPE, H., KUSZ,
M., LINDE, S., O'NILS, K. L., SJÖVALL, P., SVENSON, M.,
THEVE, C., ULIN, L. & ÖHLIN, A. (2011). Changes in the
representations of mother and father among young adults in
psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 28 (1), 95-116. |
|
WERBART, A. & FORRSTRÖM, D. (2014). Changes in
anaclitic-introjective personality dimensions, outcomes
and psychoanalytic technique : A multi-case study. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 28 (4), 397-410. |
|
WERBART, A. & LEVANDER, S. (2016). Fostering change in
personality configurations : Anaclitic and introjective
patients in psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 33 (2), 217-242. |
|
WERBART, A., HÄGERTZ, M. & ÖLANDER, N.B. (2018).
Matching patient and therapist anaclitic-introjective
prsonality configurations matters for psychotherapy
outcomes. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 48
(5), 241-251. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Werner
Emmy E. (Eltville 1929-2017) : Psychologue
américaine, d'origine allemande, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement.
On lui doit le concept de résilience.
 |
WERNER, E.E. & SMITH, R. (1979). Kauai's children
come of age. Honolulu, HI : University Press of
Hawaii. |
|
WERNER, E.E. (1989). Children of the Garden Island. Scientific
American, 260 (4), 76-81. [PDF]
|
|
WERNER, E.E. (1992). The children of Kauai : Resiliency
and recovery in adolescence and adulthood. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 13, 262-268. |
|
WERNER, E.E. (1995). Resilience in development. Current
Directions In Psychological Science, 4 (3), 81-85.
[PDF] |
|
WERNER, E.E. (2012). Children and war : Risk, resilience,
and recovery. Development & Psychopathology, 24 (2),
553-558. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wernicke
Carl (Tarnowitz Silésie Pologne 1848-1905 Thüringer
Wald) : Psychiatre
et neurologue allemand
d'origine polonaise. Il fut l'un des premiers à décrire les lésions
cérébrales. On lui doit également la découverte de l'aphasie
de Wernicke, une aphasie de la compréhension du langage.
Étudiant de Meynert et Westphal.
 |
WERNICKE, C. (1874). Deraphasische Symptomencomplex.
Breslau : Cohn and Weigert. |
|
WERNICKE, C. (1886). Die neueren arbeiten uber aphasie. Fortschritte
der Medixin, 4, 463-482. |
|
|
| |
|
|
COPPENS, P. (1991). Why are Wernicke's aphasia patients
older than Broca's ? A critical view of the hypotheses.
Aphasiology, 5 (2), 279-290. |
|
DeWITT, I. & RAUSCHENKER, J.P. (2013). Wernicke's area
revisited : parallel streams and word processing. Brain
& Language, 127 (2), 181-191. |
|
TREMBLAY, P. & DICK, A.S. (2016). Broca and Wernicke
are dead, or moving past the classic model of language
neurobiology. Brain &
Language, 162, 60–71. |
|
|
|
Werry
John S. ( ) :
Psychiatre Nouveau-Zélandais et spécialiste de l'étude l'hyperactivité.
Collaborateur de Douglas,
Sprague et Weiss.
|
WERRY, J.S., WEISS, G. & DOUGLAS, V. (1964). Studies
on the hyperactive child I. Sorne preliminary findings. Canadian
Psychiatric Association Journal, 9, 120-130. |
|
WERRY, J.S. (1968). Developmental hyperactivity. Pediatric
Clinics of North America, 15 (3), 581-599. |
|
WERRY, J.S. (1968). Studies on the Hyperactive Child. IV.
An empirical analysis of the minimal brain dysfunction
syndrome. Archives of General Psychiatry, 19
(1), 9-16. |
|
WERRY, J.S. & SPRAGUE, R.L. & COHEN, M. (1975).
Conners' Teache r Rating Scale for use in drug studies
with children an empirical study. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 3, 217-229. |
|
WERRY, J.S., ELKIND, G.S. & REEVES, J.C. (1987).
Attention deficit, conduct, oppositional, and anxiety
disorders in children : III. Laboratory differences.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15 (3),
409-428. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wertheimer
Max (Prague 1880-1943 New York) : Psychologue
allemand et chef de file de la perspective gestaltiste
(ou psychologie de la forme). On lui doit le concept d'isomorphisme.
Étudiant d'Ehrenfels, Kulpe
et Stumpf. Professeur
de Luchins.
 |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1923). Laws of organization in perceptual
forms. Psycologische Forschung, 4, 301-350. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1959). Productive thinking. New
York : Harper and Row. |
|
| |
| |
|
|
KASHLER, W. (1944). Max wertheimer: 1880-1943. Psychological
Review, 51, 143-146. |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1980). Max Wertheimer : Gestalt prophet.
Gestalt Theory, 2 (1), 3-17. |
NEWMAN, E.B. (1944). Max wertheimer: 1880-1943.
American Journal of Psychology,
57, 428-435. |
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1982). An introduction
to the origins of Wertheimer's gestalt psychology. Gestalt
Theory, 4 (3-4), 145-171. |
|
KOHLER, W. (1950). Max Wertheimer : 1880-1943. Psychological
Review, 51, 143-146. |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1991). Max Wertheimer : Modern cognitive
psychology and the gestalt problem. In G. Kimble, M.
Wertheimer & C. White (Dirs.), Portraits of
pioneers in psychology. Hillsdale : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
|
WATSON, R.I. (1963). Wertheimer: gestalt psychology :
From Aristotle to Freud. Philadelphia: Lippincott. |
|
|
LUCHINS, A.S. (1968). Max Wertheimer. In D.L. Sills
& A. Johnson (Eds.), (Vol 16, pp. 522-527). |
WERTHEIMER, M., KING, D.B., PECKLER, M.A., RANEY, S. &
SCHAEF, R.W. (1992). Carl Jung and Max Wertheimer on a
priority issue. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 28 (1), 45-56. |
|
MILLER, A.I. (1975). Albert Einstein and Max Wertheimer :
A Gestalt psychologist's view of the genesis of special
relativity theory. History of science; an
Annual Review of Literature, Research & Teaching, 13
(2), 75-103. |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1997). Max Wertheimer 1929-1937.
Gestalt Theory, 19 (4), 263-265. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1979). Introduction to
the Einstein-Wertheimer correspondence. Methodology
& Science, 12 (S), 165-202. |
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1999). Isomorphism in
Gestalt theory : Comparison of Wertheimer's and Köhler's
concepts. Gestalt Theory, 21 (3), 208-234. [PDF] |
|
PIND, J.L. (2012). Max Wertheimer : On perceived motion
and figural organization. British Journal of the
History of Science, 46, 536-537. |
| |
|
|
|
Wertheimer
Michael (Berlin 1927-2022) : Psychologue
gestaltiste américain,
d'origine allemande, et historien
de la psychologie. Collaborateur de Kimble.
 |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1978). Humanistic psychology and the
humane but tough-minded psychologist. American
Psychologist, 33 (8), 739-745. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1980). Max Wertheimer : Gestalt prophet.
Gestalt Theory, 2 (1), 3-17. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1986). The annals of the house that
Ebbinghaus built. In F. Klix & H. Hagendorf (Eds.), Human
memory and cognitive capacities : mechanisms and
performance (pp. 35-43). Amsterdam : Elsevier
Science. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1997). Max Wertheimer 1929-1937.
Gestalt Theory, 19 (4), 263-265. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M., CROCHETIÈRE, K., VICKER, N., PARKER, J.
& KING, D.B. (2001). Gestalt theory and
psychopathology. Gestalt Theory, 23 (2),
144-154. |
|
|
|
Wertsch
James V. (1947-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment de la théorie de
Vygotsky. Collaborateur de Campbell
et Rogoff.
|
WERTSCH, J.V. (1979). From social interaction to higher
psychological processes : A clarification and application
of Vygotsky's theory. Human Development, 22,
1-22. |
|
WERTSCH, J.V. (1980). The significance of dialogue in
Vygotsky's account of social, egocentric, and inner
speech. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 5,
150-162. |
|
WERTSCH, J.V. (1989). A sociocultural approach to mind :
Some theoretical considerations. Cultural Dynamics, 2
(2), 140-161. |
|
WERTSCH, J.V. & TULVISTE, P. (1992). L.S. Vygotsky and
contemporary developmental psychology. Developmental
Psychology, 28 (4), 548-557. [PDF] |
|
WERTSCH, J.V. & BIVENS, J.A. (1992). The social
origins of individual mental functioning : Alternatives
and perspectives. The quarterly newsletter of the
Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 14 (2),
35-44. |
|
|
|
|
|
West
Candace ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'ethnométhodologie.
Elle s'intéresse notamment aux differences
sexuelles et au genre,
notamment sur le plan des notamment sur le plan des conversations.
Collaboratrice de Zimmerman.
|
WEST, C. & ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender
& Society, 1 (2), 125-151. [PDF] |
|
WEST, C. (1993). Reconceptualizing gender in
physician-patient relationships. Social Science &
Medicine, 36, 57-66. |
|
WEST, C. (1995). Women's competence in conversation. Discourse
& Society, 6, 107-131. |
|
WEST, C., LAZAR, M. & KRAMARAE, C. (1997). Gender in
discourse. In T.A. Van Dijk (Ed), Discourse : A
multidisciplinary introduction (Vol. 2, pp.
119-142). London : Sage. |
|
WEST, C. & ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (2009). Accounting
for doing gender. Gender & Society, 23 (2),
112-122. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
West
Gregory L. ( ) : Neurosychologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'attention
visuelle et de la mémoire
spatiale. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'effet des
jeux vidéo sur le fonctionnement de l'hippocampe.
Collaborateur de Anderson,
Bohbot, Jolicoeur,
Lepore et
Peretz.
|
WEST, G.L., STEVENS, S.A., PUN, C. & PRATT, J. (2008).
Visuospatial experience modulates attentional capture :
Evidence from action video game players. Journal of
Vision, 8 (16), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
WEST, G.L., El-AIDROOS, N. & PRATT, J. (2013). Action
video game experience affects oculomotor performance. Acta
Psychologica, 142, 38-42.
[PDF] |
|
WEST, G.L., DRISDELLE, B., KONISHI, K., JACKSON, J.,
JOLICOEUR, P. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2015). Habitual action
video game paying is associated with caudate
nucleus-dependent navigational strategies. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B, 282, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
WEST, G.L., ZENDEL, B.R., KONISHI, K., CHORNEY, J.B.,
BOHBOT, V.D., PERETZ, I. & BELLEVILLE, S. (2017).
Playing Super Mario 64 increases hippocampal grey matter
in older adults. PLOS One, 12 [12] , 1-18. [PDF] |
|
WEST, G.L., KONISHI, K., BENADY-CHORNEY, J., DRISNELLE,
B.L., DAHMANI, L., SODUMS, D.J., LEPORE, F., JOLICOEUR, P.
& BOHBOT, V.D. (2018). Impact of video games on
plasticity of the hippocampus. Molecular Psychiatry,
23, 1566-1574. [PDF] |
|
|
|
West
Richard F. (1945-) : Psychologue
canadien, spécialisé en éducation.
Collaborateur de Stanovich
et Toplak.
|
|
WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1978). Automatic
contextual facilitation in readers of three pages.
Child Development, 49, 717-727. [PDF] |
|
WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1979). The development
of automatic word recognition. Journal of Reading
Behavior, 11, 211-220. [PDF] |
|
WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E., FEEMAN, D.J. &
CUNNINGHAM, A. E. (1983). The effect of sentence context
on word recognition in second- and sixth-grade children.
Reading Research Quarterly, 19, 6-15. [PDF]
|
|
WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1982). The source of
inhibition in experiments on the effects of sentence
context on word recognition. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8 (5),
385-399. [PDF] |
|
WEST, R.F., MESERVE, R.J. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2012).
Cognitive sophistication does not attenuate the bias blind
spot, Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
103 (3), 506-519. [PDF] |
|
|
|
West
Robert L. ( ) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
vieillissement. Étudiant de
Craik.
|
WEST, R.L. (1996). An application of prefrontal cortex
functioning theory to cognitive aging. Psychological
Bulletin, 120 (2), 272-292. [PDF] |
|
WEST, R.L. (1999). Visual distraction, working memory, and
aging. Memory & Cognition, 27 (6), 1064-1072. |
|
WEST, R.L. (2000). In defense of the frontal lobe
hypothesis of cognitive aging. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 6,
727-729. |
|
WEST, R.L. (2004). The effects of aging on controlled
attention and conflict processing in the Stroop task. Journal
of Cognitive Neurocience, 16 (1), 103-113. |
|
WEST, R.L. & SCHARWB, H. (2006). The influence of
aging and frontal function on the neural correlates of
regulative and evaluative aspects of cognitive control. Neuropsychology,
20 (4), 468-481. |
|
|
|
Westerman
Deanne L. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire,
notamment de l'effet
de révélation. Collaboratrice de Greene.
|
WESTERMAN, D.L. & GREENE, R.L. (1996). On the
generality of the revelation effect. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 22 (5), 1147-1153. |
|
WESTERMAN, D.L. & GREENE, R.L. (1998). The
revelation that the revelation effect is not due to
revelation. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 24, 377-386. |
|
WESTERMAN, D.L. (2000). Recollection-based recognition
eliminates the revelation effect in memory. Memory
& Cognition, 28, 167-175. |
|
WESTERMAN, D.L., LLOYD, M.E. & MILLER, J.K. (2002).
The attribution of perceptual fluency in recognition
memory : The role of expectation. Journal of Memory
& Language, 47 (4), 607-617. |
|
WESTERMAN, D.L. (2006). Relative fluency and illusions of
recognition memory. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 15 (6), 1196-1200. |
|
|
|
Westermeyer
Jerry Francis ( ) : Psychologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Harrow.
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. (1983). Neurotic symptoms in the
postacute phase of schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 171, 216-221. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. & HARROW, M. (1984). Prognosis and
outcome using broad (DSM II) and narrow (DSM III) concepts
of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10,
624-637. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F., HARROW, M. & MARENGO, J. (1991).
Risk for suicide in schizophrenia and other psychotic and
nonpsychotic disorders. The Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 179 (5), 259-266. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. (1998). Predictors and characteristics
of mental health among men at midlife : A 32-year
longitudinal study. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 68, 265-273. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. (2004). Predictors and characteristics
of Erikson' s life cycle model among men : A 32-year
longitudinal study. The International Journal of
Aging & Human Development, 58 (1), 29-48. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western
Journal of Research : Revue
scientifique.
MUNHALL, P.L. (1988). Ethical considerations in
qualitative research. Western Journal of Research,
12 (2), 150-162.
|
| |
|
|
Weston
Paul : Personnage de psychologue américain de la
télésérie In treatment
incarné par Gabriel Byrne.
|
Wexler Kenneth (1950-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du langage.
Avec Rice, il a développé un test pour évaluer le degré de
maîtrise de la langue. Collaborateur de
Rice.
 |
WEXLER, K. (1993). Optional infinitives, head movement and
the economy of derivations. In N. Hornstein and
D. Lightfoot. (Eds.), Child grammar. To appear in Verb
movement. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
|
|
WEXLER, K. (2004). Theory of phasal development:
perfection in child grammar. MIT Working Papers in
Linguistics, 48, 159-200. |
WEXLER, K. SCHÜTZE, C., RICE, M.L. (1998). Subject case in children with SLI and unaffected controls: Evidence for the Agr/Tns
omission model. Language Acquisition, 7, 317–344.
WEXLER, K. (1998). Very early parameter setting and the
unique checking constraint : A new explanation of the
optional infinitive stage, Lingua, 106, 23–79.
|
|
|
|
WEXLER, K. (2011). Grammatical computation in the
Optional Infinitive Stage. In J. deVilliers & T. Roeper, (Eds.), Handbook of generative approaches to language acquisition : Studies in theoretical psycholinguistics (pp. 53-118). New York: Springer Science+Business Media.
|
|
|
RONDAL, J.A. (1994). Pieces of minds in psycholinguistics:
Steven Pinker, Kenneth Wexler, and Noam Chomsky. A series
ofinterviews conducted by J.A. Rondal. International
Journal of Psychology, 29, 85–104. |
|
|
|
Weyandt
Lisa L. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine ,
spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité
et du trouble d'hyperactivité
avec déficit d'attention. Collaboratrice de
Dupaul.
|
WEYANDT, L., RICE, J.A., LINTERMAN, I., MITZLAFF, L. &
EMERT, E. (1998). Neuropsychological performance of a
sample of adults with ADHD, developemental reading
disorder, and controls. Developmental Neuropsychology,
14 (4), 643-656. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., MITZLAFF, L. & THOMAS, L. (2002). The
relationship between intelligence and performance on the
Test of Variables of Attention (TOVA). Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 35, 114-120. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L. & DUPAUL, G.J. (2006). ADHD in College
Students : A review of the literature. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 10 (1), 9-19. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L. & DUPAUL, G.J. (2008). ADHD in college
students: Developmental findings. Developmental
Disabilities Research Reviews, 14 (4), 311-319. |
|
WEYANDT, L.L., OSTER, D.O., MARRACCINI, M.E.,
GUDMUNDSDOTTIR, B.G., MUNRO, B.A., ZAVRAS, B.M. &
KUHAR, B. (2014). Pharmacological interventions for
adolescents and adults with ADHD : stimulant and
nonstimulant medications and misuse of prescription
stimulants. Psychology Research & Behavior
Management, 7, 223-249. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| WHALEN
- WHEELER - WHISHAW -
WHITBOURNE - WHITE
- WHITEHEAD - WHITEHUSRT
- WHITEN -
WHITLEY - WHITLOCK -
WHORF - WI |
|
|
Whalen
Carol Kupers ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
et écologiste américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude du
trouble du déficit d'attention avec hyperactivité. =
Carol Kupers. Étudiante de Bandura.
Collaboratrice de Henker et
Hinshaw.
 |
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., COLLINS, B.E., FINCK, D. &
DOTEMOTO, S. (1978). A social ecology of hyperactive boys
: medication effects in structured classroom environments.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (1),
65-81. [PDF] |
|
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1985).
Cognitive-behavioral therapies for hyperactive children :
Premises, problems, and prospects. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 13, 391-410. |
|
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1986). Cognitive behavior
therapy for hyperactive children : What do we know ? Journal
of Children in Contemporary Society, 19, 123-141. |
|
WHALEN, C.K. (2000). Attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. In A.E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
psychology (pp. 299-303). Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association/New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B. & DELFINO, R.J.
(2001). Smoking and moods in adolescents with depressive
and aggressive dispositions : Evidence from surveys and
electronic diaries. Health Psychology, 20,
99-111. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Whalen
Christina ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Ingersoll et
Schreibman.
 |
WHALEN, C. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (2003). Joint attention
training for children with autism using behavior
modification procedures. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 44, 456-468. |
|
WHALEN, C., LIDEN, L., INGERSOLL, B. DALLAIRE, E. &
LIDEN, S. (2006). Behavioral improvements associated with
computer-assisted instruction for children with
developmental disabilities. The Journal of Speech
& Language Pathology - Applied Behavior Analysis, 1
(1), 11-26. [PDF] |
|
WHALEN, C., SCHREIBMAN, L. & INGERSOLL, B. (2006). The
collateral effects of joint attention training on social
initiations, positive affect, imitation, and spontaneous
speech for young children with autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 36 (5),
655-664. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
Wheeler
Mark A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'oubli et de la mémoire
épisodique. Collaborateur Gallup,
Habib, Keenan,
Roediger, Stuss et
Tulving.
|
WHEELER, M. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1992). Disparate effects
of repeated testing : Reconciling Ballard's (1913) and
Bartlett's (1932) results. Psychological Science, 3 (4),
240-246. |
|
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1997). Frontal
lobe damage produces episodic memory impairment. Journal
of the International Neuropsychological Society, 1, 525-536.
[PDF] |
|
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1997). Toward
a theory of episodic memory : The frontal lobes and
autonoetic consciousness. Psychological Bulletin, 121
(3), 331-354. [PDF] |
|
WHEELER, M. (2000). A comparison of forgetting rates in
older and younger adults. Aging, Neuropsychology,
& Cognition, 7 (3), 179-193. |
|
WHEELER, M., EWERS, M. & BUANANNO, J. (2003).
Different rates of forgetting following study versus test
trials. Memory, 11 (6), 571-580. |
|
|
|
Wheeless
Lawrence R. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation
et de la communication.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la
révélation de soi. Professeur de Witt.
Collaborateur de McCroskey
et Schrodt.
|
WHEELESS, L.R. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1973). The effects
of selected syntactical choices on source credibility,
attitude, behavior, and perception of message. The
Southern Speech Communication Journal, 38, 213-222.
[PDF] |
|
WHEELESS, L.R. & GROTZ, J. (1977). The measurement of
trust and its relationship to self-disclosure. Human
Communication Research, 3 (3), 250-257. |
|
WHEELESS, L.R., NESSER, K. & McCROSKEY, J.C. (1986).
The relationships of self-disclosure and disclosiveness to
high and low communication apprehension. Communication
Research Reports, 3, 129-134. [PDF] |
|
WHEELESS, L.R. (1987). A follow-up study of the
relationships among trust, disclosure, and interpersonal
solidarity. Human Communication Research, 4 (2),
143-147. |
|
WHEELESS, L.R. & PARSONS, L.A. (1987). What you feel
is what you might get : Exploring communication
apprehension and sexual communication satisfaction.
Communication Research Reports, 12 (1), 39-45. |
|
|
|
Whishaw
Ian Quentin(1939-) : Neuropsychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du
rat. Collaborateur de Kolb.
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. (1985). Formation of a place learning-set in
the rat : A new procedure for neurobehavioural studies. Physiology
& Behavior, 35, 139-143. |
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. & WHISHAW, G.E. (1996). Conspecific
aggression influences food carrying : studies on a wild
population of Rattus norvegicus. Aggressive Behavior,
22, 47-66. |
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. (1998). Place learning in hippocampal rats
and the path integration hypothesis. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 209-220. |
|
WHISHAW, I.Q., HINES, D.J. & WALLACE, D.G. (2001).
Dead reckoning (path integration) requires the hippocampal
formation : evidence from spontaneous exploration and
spatial learning tasks in light (allothetic) and dark
(idiothetic) tests. Behavioural Brain Research, 127,
49-69. |
|
WHISHAW, I.Q., SACREY, L.A., TRAVIS, S.G., GHOLAMREZAEI,
G. & KARL, J.M. (2010). The functional origins of
speech-related hand gestures. Behavioural Brain
Research, 214 (2), 206-215. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whitam
Frederick Lee (Natchez 1933-2009) :
Sociologue américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de homosexualité.
|
|
WHITAM, F.L. (1977). Childhood indicators of male
homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6,
89-96. |
WHITAM, F.L. (1980). The prehomosexual male child in three
societies : The United States, Guatemala, Brazil.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 9, 87–99.
|
|
WHITAM, F.L. & ZENT, M. (1984). A cross-cultural
assessment of early cross-gender behavior and familial
factors in male homosexuality. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 13, 427–439. |
|
WHITAM, F.L. & MATHY, R.M. (1986). Male
homosexuality in four societies : Brazil, Guatemala, the
Philippines, and the United States. New York :
Praeger. |
WHITAM, F.L. (1987). A cross-cultural perspective on
homosexuality, transvestism, and trans-sexualism. In D.G.
Wilson (Ed.), Variant sexuality : Research and
theory. Johns Hopkins University Press.
|
|
|
VASEY, P.L. & BARTLETT, N.H. (2011). Frederick L.
Whitam (1933–2009). Archives of Sexual Behavior 40 (4),
671-672 |
|
|
|
Whitbourne
Susan Krauss (Buffalo-) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du développement
de l'identité psychologique.
Collaboratrice de Waterman.
|
WHITBOURNE, S.K. & TESH, S.A. (1985). A comparison of
identity and intimacy statuses in college students and
alumni. Developmental Review, 21 (6), 1039-1044. |
|
WHITBOURNE, S.K., ZUSCLAG, M., ELLIOT, L. & WATERMAN,
A. (1992). Psychosocial development in adulthood : A
22-year sequential study. Journal of Personalitv
& Social Psychology, 63 (2), 260-271. |
|
WHITBOURNE, S.K. & COLLINS, K.J. (1998). Identity
processes and perceptions of physical functioning in
adults : Theoretical and clinical implications.
Psychotherapy, 35, 519-530. |
|
WHITBOURNE, S.K., SNEED, J.R. & SKULYETY, K.M. (2002).
Identity processes in adulthood : Theoretical and
methodological challenges. Identity : An International
Journal of Theory & Research, 2, 29-45. |
|
WHITBOURNE, S.K., SNEED, J.R. & SAYER, A. (2009).
Psychosocial development from college through midlife : A
34-year sequential study. Developmental Psychology,
45, 1328-1320. |
|
|
|
|
|
White
Claire ( ) : Psychologue
amércaine spécialisée dans l'étude des religions
et des croyances religieuses.
|
WHITE, C. & MILNE, A. (1999). Impressions of enforced
disintegration and bursting in the visual perception of
collision events. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 128, 499-516. |
|
WHITE, C. (2016). The cognitive foundations of
reincarnation. Method & Theory in the Study of
Religion, 28, 264-286. |
|
WHITE, C. , MARIN, M. & FESSLER, D. (2017). Not just
dead meat : An evolutionary account of corpse treatment in
mortuary rituals. Journal of Cognition & Culture 17(1-2),
146-168. |
|
WHITE, C. (2018). What does the cognitive science of
religion explain ? In H. van Eyghen, R. Peels & G. Van
Den Brink (Eds.), New developments in the cognitive
science of religion - The rationality of religious belief
(pp. 35-49). Springer. |
|
WHITE, C (2021). An introduction to the cognitive
science of religion: Connecting evolution, brain,
cognition and culture. London: Routledge. |
|
|
|
White
Peter A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de l'étude de la
perception de la causalité.
|
WHITE, P.A. & MILNE, A. (1999). Impressions of
enforced disintegration and bursting in the visual
perception of collision events. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 128, 499-516. |
|
WHITE, P.A. (2006). The causal asymmetry.
Psychological Review, 113 (1), 132-147. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, P.A. (2010). The property transmission hypothesis :
A possible explanation for visual impressions of pulling
and other kinds of phenomenal causality. Perception,
39 (9), 1240-1253. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, P.A. (2012). Visual impressions of pushing and
pulling : the object perceived as causal is not always the
one that moves first. Perception, 41 (10),
1193-1217. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, P.A. (2013). Judgements about the relation between
force and trajectory variables in verbally described
ballistic projectile motion. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 66 (5), 876-894. |
|
|
|
White
Carneau : Variété de pigeon
utilisée dans les recherches sur le conditionnement
operant.
| |
|
|
RASHOTTE, M.E., KATZ, H.N., GRIFFIN, R.W. & WRIGHT,
A.C. (1975). Vocalizations of white carneaux pigeons
during experiments on schedule-induced aggression. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 76 (2), 206-214.
[PDF] |
|
GLEESON, S. & LATTAL, K.A. (1987). Misdescribing the
carneau : A perplexing plurality. Behavior Analysis,
10 (1), 111-112.
[PDF] |
|
 |
|
|
|
Whitebread
David (1948-2021) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de l'étude du
jeu et de la métacognition.
|
WHITEBREAD, D. (1996). The development of children's
strategies on an inductive reasoning task. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 66, (1), 1-21. |
|
WHITEBREAD, D. & NEILSON, K. (2000). The contribution
of visual search strategies to the development of
pedestrian skills by 4-11 year old children. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 70, (4),
539-557. |
|
WHITEBREAD, D., COLTMAN, N.P., JAMESON, H. & LANDER,
R. (2009). Play, cognition and self-regulation : what
exactly are children learning when they learn through play
? Educational & Child Psychology, 26 (2),
40-52. |
|
WHITEBREAD, D. COLTMAN, N.P. PINO-PASTERNAK, K.D.,
SANGSTER, C., GRAU, V., BINGHAM, S., ALMEQDAD, Q. &
DEMETRIOU, D. (2009). The development of two observational
tools for assessing metacognition and self-regulated
learning in young children. Metacognition &
Learning, 4 (1), 63-85. |
|
WHITEBREAD, D. & COLTMAN, N.P. (2010). Aspects of
pedagogy supporting metacognition and mathematical
learning in young children; evidence from an observational
study. ZDM : The International Journal on Mathematics
Education, 42 (2), 163-178. |
|
|
|
|
|
Whitehurst
Grover J. (Washington-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du langage
et de la littéracie. Il
s'intéresse également à l'imitation
et aux modèles
sociaux. Collaborateur de Peterson.
= Russ.
 |
WHITEHURST, G.J. (1969). Discrimination learning in
children as a function of reinforcement condition, task
complexity, and chronological age. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 7, 314-325. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & VASTA, R. (1975). Is language
acquired through imitation ? Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 4, 37-59. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., FALCO, F.L., LONIGAN, C., FISCHEL, J.E.,
DEBARYSHE, B.D., VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. & CAUFIELD, M.
(1988). Accelerating language development through picture
book reading. Developmental Psychology, 24,
552-559. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., ARNOLD, D S., EPSTEIN, J.N., ANGELL, A
L., SMITH, M. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1994). A picture book
reading intervention in day care and home for children
from low-income families. Developmental Psychology,
30, 679-689. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., ZEVENBERGEN, A.A., CRONE, D.A., SCHULTZ,
M.D., VELTING, O.N. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1999). Outcomes
of an emergent literacy intervention from Head Start
through second grade. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 91, 261-272. |
|
|
|
|
|
Whiten
Andrew ( ) : Psychologue
et primatologue anglais
et spécialiste de la culture
animale, notamment chez le chimpanzee.
Professeur de Mesoudi. Collaborateur
de Boesch, Byrne,
Dunbar, Goodall,
McGrew,
Nishida, Perrett.
Tutin, Wittig et
Wrangham.
|
WHITEN, A. & BYRNE, R.W. (1987). Tactical deception in
primates. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 231-273.
|
|
WHITEN, A. & BYRNE, R.W. (1997) (Eds.). Machiavellian
intelligence II. : Evaluations and Extensions. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
WHITEN, A., GOODALL, J., McGREW, W.C., NISHIDA, T.,
REYNOLDS, V., SUGIYAMA, Y., TUTIN, C.E.G., WRANGHAM, R.W.
& BOESCH, C. (1999). Cultures in chimpanzees.
Nature, 399, 682-685. [PDF] |
|
WHITEN, A. (2000). Primate culture and social learning. Cognitive
Science, 24, 477-508. [PDF] |
|
WHITEN, A. (2005). The second inheritance system of
chimpanzees and humans. Nature, 437 (7055),
52-55. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Whitley
Bernard E. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des différences
sexuelles, de la tricherie
et de l'autoristarisme.
Collaborateur de Frieze.
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1983). Sex role orientation and self-esteem
: A critical meta-analytic review. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 765-778. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1987). The relationship of sex-role
orientation to heterosexuals' attitudes toward
homosexuals. Sex Roles, 17 (1-2), 103-113. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1990). "The relationship of heterosexuals"
attribution for the causes of homosexuality to attitudes
toward lesbians and gay men. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 16,369-377. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1998). Factors associated with cheating
among college students : A review. Research in Higher
Education, 39, 235-274. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E., JONES, A.B. & JONES, C.J. (1999).
Gender differences in cheating attitudes and classroom
cheating behavior : A meta analysis. Sex Roles, 41
(9/10), 657-680. |
| |
|
|
Whitlock
Janis : Psychologue
écologiste américaine et
spécialiste de l'étude de l'automutlilation
et du suicide, notamment
chez les adolescents.
Collaboratrice de
Muehlenkamp.
|
WHITLOCK, J.L., POWERS, J.L. & ECKENRODE, J. (2006).
The cutting edge : The Internet and adolescent
self-injury. Developmental Psychology, 42,
407-417. |
|
WHITLOCK, J.L., ECKENRODE, J. & SILVERMAN, D. (2006).
Self-injurious behaviors in a college population. Pediatrics,
117, 1939-1941. |
|
WHITLOCK, J.L. & KNOX, K. (2007). The relationship
between suicide and self-injury in a young adult
population. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent
Medicine, 161 (7), 634-640. [PDF] |
|
WHITLOCK, J. & RODHAM, K. (2013). Understanding
nonsuicidal self-injury in youth. School Psychology
Forum : Research in Practice, 7 (4), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
WHITLOCK, J.L., MUEHLENKAMP, J.J., ECKENRODE, J.,
PURINGTON, A., BARAL ABRAMS, G., BARREIRA, P. & KRESS,
V. (2013). Nonsuicidal self-injury as a gateway to suicide
in young adults. Journal of Adolescent Health, 52 (4),
486-492. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Whitman
Charles Otis (Woodstock 1842-1910 Worcester) :
Zoologiste anglais et
précurseur de l'éthologie.
Il s'est notamment intéressé aux pigeons,
à la sangsue et aux vers.
 |
WHITMAN C.O. (1886). The leeches of Japan. Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science, 26, 317-416. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1891). The naturalist's occupation.
Boston : Ginn et Co. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1895). Evolution and epigenesis : Bonnet's
theory of evolution, a system of negations. The
Monist, 5 (3), 412-426. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1899). Animal Behavior. Boston :
Ginn et Co. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1910). Methods of research in
microscopical anatomy and embryology. Boston :
Cassino. |
|
|
MORSE, E.S. (1912). Biographical memoir of Charles
Otis Whitman 1842-1910. Washington : The National
Academy of Sciences. |
|
DAVENPORT, C.B. (1917). The personality, heredity and work
of Charles Otis Whitman. American Naturalist, 51,
5-30. |
|
CARR, H.A. & RIDDLE, O. (Eds.) (1919). Posthumous
works of Charles Otis Whitman. Washington, DC :
Carnegie Institution of Washington. |
|
MAYR, E. ( ). Whitman, Charles Otis. Dictionary of
scientific biography, 13, 313-315. |
|
PAULY, P.J. (1994). From adventism to biology : The
development of Whitman, Charles Otis. Perspectives
in Biology & Medicine, 37, 395-408. |
|
|
|
Whitten
Williams B. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire,
et plus particulièrement de l'effet
d'espacement, du rappel libre
et de l'oubli. Collaborateur
de Bjork.
|
WHITTEN, W.B. & BJORK, R.A. (1977). Learning from
tests : Effects of spacing. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 16, 465-478. [PDF] |
|
WHITTEN, W.B. (1978). Output interference and long-term
serial position effects. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 4 (6),
685-692. |
|
WHITTEN, W.B. (1978). Initial-retrieval "depth" and the
negative recency effect. Memory & Cognition, 6 (6),
590-598. |
|
WHITTEN, W.B. & LEONARD, J.M. (1980). Learning from
tests : Facilitation of delayed by initial recognition
alternatives. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Learning & Memory, 6 (2), 127-134. |
|
WHITTEN, W.B. & LEONARD, J.M. (1981). Directed search
through autobiographical memory. Memory &
Cognition, 9, 566-579. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Whittington
Richard ( ) : Spécialiste américain
de l'étude des stratégies
organisationnelles. Collaborateur de Jarzabkowski.
|
WHITTINGTON, R. (1996). Strategy as practice. Long
Range Planning, 29 (5), 731-735. |
|
WHITTINGTON, R. (2003). The work of strategizing and
organizing : For a practice perspective. Strategic
Organization, 1 (1), 119-127. |
|
WHITTINGTON, R. JARZABKOWSKI, P., MAYER, M., MOUNOUD, E.,
NAHAPIET, J. & ROULEAU, L. (2003). Taking strategy
seriously : responsibility and reform for an important
social practice. Journal of Management Inquiry, 12
(4), 396-409. |
|
WHITTINGTON, R. (2006). Completing the practice turn in
strategy research. Organization Studies, 27 (5),
613-634. |
|
WHITTINGTON, R. (2007). Strategy practice and strategy
process : family differences and the sociological eye. Organization
Studies, 28 (10), 1575-1586. |
|
|
|
|
Whittlesea
Bruce W.A. (1950-2018 Freiburg inm Breisgau) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la familiarité
et de la reconnaissance.
Collaborateur de Jacoby.
|
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A., JACOBY, L.L. & GIRARD, K. (1990).
Illusions of immediate memory : Evidence of an
attributional basis for feelings of familiarity and
perceptual quality. Journal of Memory & Language,
29, 716-732. |
|
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. (1993). Illusions of familiarity.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 19, 1235-1253. |
|
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. & WILLIAMS, L.D. (2000). The source
of feelings of familiarity : The discrepancy-attribution
hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 547-565. |
|
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. & WILLIAMS, L.D. (2001). The
discrepancy-attribution hypothesis : II. Expectation,
uncertainty, surprise, and feelings of familiarity.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 27, 14-33. |
|
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A., MASSON, M.E.J. & HUGHES, A.D.
(2005). False memory following rapidly presented lists :
the elements of surprise. Psychological Research, 69,
420-430. |
|
|
|
WHO
Quality of Life-BREF : Échelle
d'évaluation de la qualité
de vie.
| |
SKEVINGTON, S.M., LOTFY, M. & O'CONNELL, K.A. (1992).
The World Health Organization's WHOQOL-BREF quality of
life assessment : Psychometric properties and results of
the international field trial. A Report from the WHOQOL
Group. Quality of Life Research, 13 (2),
299-310.
[PDF] |
|
POWER, M., BULLINGER, M. & HARPER, A. (1999). The
World Health Organization WHOQOL-100 : Tests of the
universality of quality of life in 15 different cultural
groups worldwide. Health Psychology, 18 (5),
495-505. |
|
|
|
Whorf
Benjamin Lee (Winthrop États-unis 1897-1941) :
Linguiste
américain. En collaboration avec Sapir, il a développé une théorie
pour expliquer l'influence du langage
sur la perception,
mieux connue sous le nom d'hypothèse
Sapir-Whorf. Étudiant de Sapir.
 |
WHORF, B.L. (1933/75). The phonetic value of certain
characters in Maya writing. Millwood, N.Y. : Krauss
Reprint. |
|
WHORF, B.L. (1940). Science and linguistics.Technology
Review, 42, 229-231, 247-248. |
|
WHORF, B.L. (1956). Language, thought and reality.
New York : Wiley. |
|
WHORF, B.L. (1956). Linguistique et anthropologie.
Denoël. |
|
WHORF, B. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language,
thought, and reality : Selected writings of Benjamin Lee
Whorf. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
[PDF] |
|
|
LUCY, J. & SHWEDER, R. (1979). Whorf and his critics:
Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on color memory.
American Anthropologist, 81, 581-618. |
CASASANTO, D. (2005). Crying "Whorf". Science, 307,
1721-1722. |
|
KAY, P. & KEMPTON, W. (1984). What is the Sapir-Whorf
hypothesis ? American Anthropologist, 86, 65-79.
[PDF] |
CASASANTO, D. (2008). Who's afraid of the Big Bad Whorf ?
Cross-linguistic differences in temporal language and
thought. Language Learning, 58 (1), 63-79. |
|
HUNT, E. & BANAJI, M.R. (1988). The Whorfian
hypothesis revisited : A cognitive science view of
linguistic and cultural effects on thought. In J. Berry,
S. Irvine & E.B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous
cognition : Functioning in cultural context (pp.
57-84). Boston, MA : Martinus Nijhoff Publishers. [PDF]
|
CASASANTO, D. (2008). Who's afraid of the Big Bad Whorf?
Cross-linguistic differences in temporal language and
thought. In P. Indefrey & M. Gullberg (Eds.), Time
to speak : Cognitive and neural prerequisites of time in
language (pp. 63-79). Oxford : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
GENTNER, D. & GOLDIN-MEADOW, S. (2003). Whither Whorf.
In D. Gentner and S. Goldin-Meadow (Eds.), Language
in mind : Advances in the study of language and thought
(pp. 3-14). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
|
KAY, P. & REGIER, T. (2009). Language, thought, and
color : Whorf was half right. Trends in Cognitive
Science, 13 (10), 439-446. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
| WICKENS
- WIENER - WIESEL
- WILCOXON - WILDEN -
WILLIAMS - WILSON
- WINNICOTT - WING
- WITKIN - WITMER -
WITTGENSTEIN - WO |
Wich
Serge A. ( ) : Biologiste
et primatologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'orang-outan.
Collaborateur de Jeaeggi
et Van Schaik.
|
WICH, S.A. & NUNN, C.L. (2002). Do male "long-distance
calls" function in mate defense ? A comparative study of
long-distance calls in primates. Behavioral Ecology
& Sociobiology, 52 (6), 474-484. |
|
WICH, S.A., UTAMI-ATMOKO, S.S., MITRA SETIA, T., RIJKSEN,
H.D., SCHÜRMANN, C., VAN HOOFF, J.A.R.A.M. & VAN
SCHAIK, C.P. (2004). Life history of wild Sumatran
orangutans (Pongo abelii). Journal of Human
Evolution, 47, 385-398. |
|
WICH, S.A., MEIJAARD, E., MARSHALL, A.J., HUSSON, S.,
ANCRENAZ,M., LACY, R.C., VAN SCHAIK, P., SUGARDJITO, J.,
SIMORANGKIR, T., TRAYLOR-HOLZER, K. DOUGHTY,
JM.,SUPRIATNA, J., DENNIS, R., MELVIN GUMAL, M., KNOTT,
C.D. & SINGLETON, I. (2008). Distribution and
conservation status of the orang-utan (Pongo spp.) on
Borneo and Sumatra : how many remain ? Oryx, 42
(3), 329-339. |
|
WICH, S.A., KRÜTZEN, M., LAMEIRA , A.R., NATER, A., ARORA,
N., BASTIAN, M.L., MEULMAN, E., MORROGH-BERNARD, H.C.,
UTAMI ATMOKO, S.S., PAMUNGKAS, J., PERWITASARI-FARAJALLAH,
D., HARDUS, M.E., VAN NOORDWIJK, M. & VAN SCHAIK, C.P.
(2012). Call cultures in orang-utans ? PLOS One, 7
(5), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
WICH, S.A., FREDRIKSSON, G.M., USHER, G., PETERS, H.H.,
PRIATNA, D., BASALAMAH, F., SUSANTO, W. & KUHL, H.
(2012). Hunting of Sumatran orang-utans and its importance
in determining distribution and density. Biological
Conservation, 146, 163-169. |
|
|
|
Wickens
Jeffrey R. ( ) :
Neurobiologiste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
biologiques de l'apprentissage
(les récompenses et
les renforcements) notamment
la dopamine. Collaborateur
de Johansen, Killeen,
Sagvolden, Tannock
et Tripp.
|
WICKENS, J.R. (1990). Striatal dopamine in motor
activation and reward-mediated learning : steps towards a
unifying model. Journal of Neural Transmission
General Section, 80 (1), 9-31. |
|
WICKENS, J.R., MACFARLANE, J., BOOKER, C. &
McNAUGHTON, N. (2004). Dissociation of hypertension and
fixed interval responding in two separate strains of
genetically hypertensive rat. Behavioural Brain
Research, 152 (2), 393-401. [PDF] |
|
WICKENS, J.R., REYNOLDS, J.N. & HYLAND, B.I. (2003).
Neural mechanisms of reward-related motor learning. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 13, 685-690. [PDF] |
|
WICKENS, J.R., BUDD, C.S., HYLAND, B.I. & ARBUTNOTT,
G.W. (2007). Striatal contributions to reward and decision
making. Making sense of regional variations in a
reiterated processing matrix. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1104, 192-212. |
|
WICKENS, J.R., HOROVITZ, J.C., COSTA, R.M. &
KILLCROSS, S. (2007). Mini-review dopaminergic mechanisms
in actions and habits. The Journal of Neuroscience,
27 (31), 8181-8183.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Widom
Cathy Spatz ( ) : Psychologie
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la maltraitance
des enfants.
|
WIDOM, C.S. (1989). The cycle of violence. Science,
244, 160-166. |
|
WIDOM, C.S. (1989). Does violence beget violence ? A
critical examination of the literature. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 3-28 |
|
WIDOM, C.S. & AMES, M. (1994). Criminal consequences
of childhood sexual victimization. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 18, 303-318. |
|
WIDOM, C.S. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in
abused and neglected children followed-up. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1223-1229. |
|
WIDOM, C.S. & MAXFIELD, M. (2001). An update on
the "cycle of Violence". National Institute of
Justice Research in Brief. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wiedmann
Patrice ( ) : Professeur de psychologie
au Collège Ahuntsic,
auteur et homme de théâtre. Collaborateur de Gagnon,
Goulet et Richard-Bessette.
 |
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P. (1999). Introduction à la psychologie : Les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P. (2007). Initiation à la psychologie : Les grandes
perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
| TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GOULET, C., GAGNON, A., WIEDMANN, P. et RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (2014). Initiation à la psychologie : Les grandes perspectives. St-Laurent
: Persons/ERPI. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wiegemann
Douglas A. ( ) : Psychologie
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement des pilotes
d'avion, des accidents et
des conditions de vol. Collaborateur de
Madhavan et Shappell.
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (1997). Human factors
analysis of post-accident data : Applying theoretical
taxonomies of human error. The International Journal
of Aviation Psychology, 7, 67-81. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (1999). Human error
and crew resource management failures in Naval aviation
mishaps : A review of U.S. Naval Safety Center data,
1990-96. Aviation, Space, & Environmental
Medicine, 70, 1147-1151. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (2001). Human error
perspectives in aviation. International Journal of
Aviation Psychology, 11, 341-357. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A., GOH, J. & O'HARE, D. (2002). The role
of situation assessment and flight experience in pilots'
decisions to continue visual flight rules flight into
adverse weather. Human Factors, 44, 189-197. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. McCARLEY, J.S., KRAMER, A.F. &
WICKENS, C.D. (2006). Age and automation interact to
influence performance of a simulated luggage screening
task. Aviation, Space, & Environmental Medicine,
77, 825-831. |
|
|
|
Wierzbicka
Anna (Varsovie 1938-) : Linguiste australienne, d'origine polonaise, et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions.
|
WIERZBICKA, A. (1986). Human emotions : Universal or
culture-specific ? American Anthropologist, 88 (3),
584–594. |
WIERZBICKA, A. (1996). Semantics: Primes and
universals.
Oxford University Press. |
|
WIERZBICKA, A.(1998). “Sadness” and “Anger” in Russian :
The non-universality of the so-called “basic human
emotions.” In A. Athanasiadou & E. Tabakowska (Eds.),
Speaking of emotions : Conceptualisation and expression
(pp. 3–28). Mouton de Gruyter. |
|
WIERZBICKA, A. (1999). Emotions across languages
and cultures : Diversity and universals. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
WIERZBICKA, A. (2005). English : Meaning and
culture. Oxford : Oxford university press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wiener
Norbert (Columbia Missouri 1894-1964 Stockholm) :
Mathématicien
américain et fondateur de la cybernétique.
Étudiant de Russell. Professeur
de Cherry. Collaborateur de
Bigelow et Rosenblueth.
 |
ROSENBLUETH, A., WIENER, N. & BIGELOW, J. (1943).
Behavior, purpose and teleology. Philosophy of
Science, 10, 18-24.
[PDF] |
|
ROSENBLUETH, A. & WIENER, N. (1945). The role of
models in science. Philosophy of Science, 12,
316-321. |
|
WIENER, N. (1948). Cybernetics. New York :
Wiley. |
|
WIENER, N. (1961). Cybernetics : Control and
communication in the animal and the machine.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
|
WIENER, N. (1962). Cybernétique et société.
10/18. |
|
|
GALISON, P. (1994). The ontology of the enemy : Norbert
Wiener and the cybernetic vision. Critical Inquiry,
21, 228-266. |
|
|
|
Wiesel
Torsten (Uppsala 1924-) : Biologiste
suédois et lauréat du prix Nobel de
physiologie et de médecine en 1981 pour ses travaux avec Hubel sur
l'analyse des informations du système visuel. Il a notamment
proposé un modèle de
traitement de l'information de la vision
(le modèle des colonnes oculaires de dominance). Collaborateur de
Hubel.
 |
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. 1959). Receptive fields of
single neurons in cats' striate complex. Journal of
Physiology, 48, 574-591. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1962). Receptive fields,
binocular interaction and functional architecture in the
cat's visual cortex. Journal of Physiology, 160,
106-154. [PDF] |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1964). Effects of
monocular deprivation in kittens. Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's
Archives of Pharmacology, 248, 492-497. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1968). Receptive fields
and functional architecture of monkey striate cortex. Journal
of Physiology, 195, 215-243. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (2004). Brain and
visual perception : The story of a 25-Year
collaboration. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
KANDEL, E.R. (2009). An introduction to the work of David
Hubel and Torsten Wiesel. Journal of Physiology, 587
(12), 2733-2741. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wigfield
Allan ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé en éducation,
et plus particulièrement dans l'étude de la motivation
à l'école. Collaborateur de Eccles,
Guthrie, Meece
et Wentzel.
|
WIGFIELD, A. (1988). Children's attributions for success
and failure. Effects of age and attentional focus. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 80 (1), 76-81. [PDF] |
|
WIGFIELD, A. & KARPATHIAN, M. (1991). Who am I and
what can I do : Children's self-concepts and motivation in
achievement situations. Educational Psychologist, 26,
233-262. |
|
WIGFIELD, A. & ECCLES, J.S. (1994). Children's
competence beliefs, achievement values, and general
self-esteem : Change across elementary and middle school.
Journal of Early Adolescence, 14 (20), 107-138. |
|
WIGFIELD, A. GUTHRIE, J.T., TONKS, S. & PERENCEVICH,
K. C. (2004). Children's motivation for reading : Domain
specificity and instructional influences. Journal of
Educational Research, 97, 299-309. |
|
WIGFIELD, A. & CAMBRIA, J. (2010). Students'
achievement values, goal orientations, and interest :
Definitions, development, and relations to achievement
outcomes. Developmental Review, 30, 1-35. |
|
|
|
Wiggins
Jerry S. (1931-2006) :
Psychométricien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité
(interpersonal circumplex).
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1973). Personality and prediction :
Principles of personality assessment. Reading, MA :
Addison-Wesley. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1979). A psychological taxonomy of
trait-descriptive terms : The interpersonal domain. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (3),
395-412. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S (1980). Circumplex models of interpersonal
behavior. In L. Wheeler, (Ed.), Review of Personality
and Social Psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 265-294).
Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. & BROUGHTON, R. (1985). The
interpersonal circle : A structural model for the
integration of personality research. In R. Hogan &
W.H. Jones (Eds.), Perspectives in personality
(Vol. 1, pp. 1-47). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1996). The five-factor model of
personality. NY : The Guildford Press. |
|
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1989). The structure of
interpersonal traits : Wiggins's circumplex and the
five-factor model. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology In the public domain, 56 (4), 586-595. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (Ed.), (2004). Personality Topics in Honor
of Jerry S. Wiggins Multivariate Behavioral Research, 39
(2). |
|
|
|
Wiki
: Technologie de l'information et de la communication (TIC).
Wiki, ordinateur et
Internet.
| |
BOULOS, M.N.K., MARAMBA, I. & WHEELER, S. (2006).
Wikis, blogs and podcasts : A new generation of Web-based
tools for virtual collaborative clinical practice and
education. BMC Medical Education, 6, 1-8. |
|
LENDING, D. (2010). Teaching tip : Using a wiki to
collaborate on a study guide. Journal of Information
Systems Education, 21 (1), 5-13. |
|
AVCI, U. & ASKAR, P. (2012). The comparison of the
opinions of the university students on the usage of blog
and wiki for their courses. Journal of Educational
Technology & Society, 15 (2), 194-205. |
|
|
Voir aussi TIC,
blogue, Ordinateur
et Internet |
|
|
|
|
Wikler
Abraham (New York 1910-1981 Lexington) : Psychiatre
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépendance
aux drogues et du sevrage.
Il fut le premier à décrire le syndrome
d'abstinence à la morphine.
Il s'intéresse aussi à la douleur.
Collaborateur de Ludwig.
|
WIKLER, A., PESCOR, M.J., KABAUGH, E.P. & ANGELUCCI,
R.J. (1952). The effects of frontal lobotomy on the
morphine abstinence syndrome in man; An experimenta study.
American Medical Assoication/Archives of Neurology
& Psychiatry, 67 (4), 510-521. |
|
WIKLER, A. (1955). Rationale of the diagnosis and
treatment of addictions. Connecticut state medical
journal, 19 (7), 560-568. |
|
WIKLER, A. (1961). On the nature of addiction and
habituation. British Journal of Addiction, 185,
(11), 73-79. |
|
WIKLER, A., NORRELL, H. & MILLER, D. (1971). Limbic
system and opioid addiction in the rat. Transactions
of the American Neurological Association, 96, 328. |
|
WIKLER, A. (1984). Conditioning factors in opiate
addiction and relapse. Journal of Substance Abuse
Treatment, 1, 279-285. |
|
|
JAFFE, J.J. (1981). Abraham Wikler : A scholar-sui
generis. British Journal of Addiction, 76 (4),
431-432, |
|
KOSTEN, T.R. (1998). Images in psychiatry : Abraham
Wikler, M.D., 1910-1981. The American Journal of
Psychiatry, 155 (8), 1109. |
|
McINTIRE, T.R. (2008). A retrospective survey of the
career of Abraham Wikler : Implications for the
understanding and treatment of drug addiction in America
today. Boston University. |
|
|
|
Wilcox
Rand R. (1950-) : Psychologue
et statisticien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la robustesse
des tests statistiques.
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1978). Estimating true score in the compound
binomial error model. Psychometrika, 43,
245-258. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1998). How many discoveries have been lost
by ignoring modern statistical methods ? American
Psychologist, 53, 300-314. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (2003). Modern robust data analysis methods :
Measures of central tendency. Psychological Method, 8
(3), 254-274. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (2011). Inferences about a probabilistic
mesasure of effect size when dealing with more than two
groups. Journal of Data Science, 9, 471-486. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (2014). Modern robust statistical methods can
provide substantially higher power and a deeper
understanding of data. Annals of Phytomedicine, 3
(1), 25-30. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wilcoxon Frank (Glengarriffe Castle Irelande 1892-1965) :
Chimiste et statisticien
américain. Il a développé deux
tests statistiques qui porte son nom (test
de rang de Wilcoxon et
test du signe de Wilcoxon). Étudiant de Fisher.
 |
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics Bulletin, 1, 80-83. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Some uses of statistics in plant
pathology. Biometrics Bulletin, 1, 41-45. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1949). Some rapid approximate
statistical procedures. Stanford Conn. : American
Cyanamid Co. |
|
WILCOXON, F., RHODES, L.J., RALPH, A. & BRADLEY, R.A.
(1963). Two sequential two-sample grouped rank tests with
applications to screeing experiments. Biometrics, 9,
58-84. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Wilens
Timothy E. ( ) :
Psychiatre américain. Collaborateur de
Biederman, Faraone et
Spencer.
|
WILENS, T.E. & BIEDERMAN, J. (1993). Psychopathology
in preadolescent children at high risk for substance abuse
: A review of the literature. Harvard Review of
Psychiatry, 1 (4), 207-218. |
|
WILENS, T.E., BIEDERMAN, J., PRINCE, J., SPENCER, T.J.,
FARAONE, S.V., WARBURTON, R., SCHLEIFER, D., HARDING, M.,
LINEHAN, C. & GELLER, D. (1996). Six-week,
double-blind, place- bo-controlled study of desipramine
for adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1147-1153. [PDF] |
|
WILENS, T.E. (2004). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder and the substance use disorders : the nature of
the relationship, subtypes at risk, and treatment issuees.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 2, 283-301.
[PDF] |
|
WILENS, T.E. (2006). Mechanism of action of agents used in
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 67 (8), 32-38. [PDF] |
|
WILENS, T.E. (2007). The nature of the relationship
between attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and
substance use. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (S11),
4-8. |
|
|
|
Wilkie Don M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
canadien et spécialiste de la mémoire
et de la cognition chez
les pigeons. Collaborateur
de Spetch.
|
WILKIE, D.M. & MASSON, M.E. (1976). Attention in the
pigeon : A reevaluation. Journal of The Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 26 (2), 207-212. [PDF] |
|
WILKIE, D.M. & SPETCH, M.L. (1978). The effect of
sample and comparison ratio schedules on delayed matching
to sample in the pigeon. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 6, 273 278. |
|
WILKIE, D.M. & SPETCH, M.L. (1980). Control of
pigeons' keypecking by a conditional clock. The
Psychological Record, 30, 251-260. |
|
WILKIE, D.M., SUMMERS, R.J. & SPETCH, M.L. (1981).
Effect of delay interval stimuli on delayed symbolic
matching to sample in the pigeon. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 35 (2), 153
160. [PDF] |
|
WILKIE, D.M. (1999). Use of pictures to investigate
aspects of pigeons' spatial cognition. Current
Psychology of Cognition, 18, 713-728. |
|
|
|
Wilkins Jean ( ) : Médecin
et pédiatre québécois,
spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de l'anorexie
et de la boulimie.
 |
WILKINS, J. (1998). Quatre temps pour mieux comprendre
l'anorexie. Le Clinicien, 13 (50), 80-91. |
|
WILKINS, J. (1995). Anorexie mentale et boulimie. Un
modèle d'intervention qui tient compte des enjeux de
l'adolescence. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16 (3),
133-158. |
|
AMOULLE, J.Y., FRAPPIER, B., BEAUQUIER, J. & WILKINS,
J. (2001). Impact of a structured program for adolescent
girls with anorexia nervosa on an in-patient adolescent
medicine unit. Journal of Adolescent Health, 28 (2),
142. |
| |
|
|
|
Wilkinson
Sue ( ) : Psychologue,
féminisme et méthodologiste
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hétérosexualité
et du lesbianisme. Collaboratrice
de Kitzinger.
|
KITZINGER, C., WILKINSON, S. & PERKINS, R. (1992).
Special issue on heterosexuality. Feminism &
Psychology, 2 (3), 293-324. |
|
WILKINSON, S. & KITZINGER, C. (1993). Heterosexuality.
London : Sage Publications Ltd. |
|
WILKINSON, S. (1993). Focus groups. In J.A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative
psychology : A practical guide to research methods.
London : Sage. |
|
KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1995). Transitions from
heterosexuality to lesbianism : the discursive production
of lesbian identities. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1), 95-104. |
|
WILKINSON, S. (2001). Theoretical perspectives on women
and gender. In R. Unger (Ed.), Handbook of the
psychology of women and gender (pp. 17-28). New
York : Wiley. |
|
|
|
|
|
Willerman Lee (Chicago 1939-1997) : Psychométricien
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de intelligence./a> Il s'est notamment intéressé aux jumeaux pour mieux comprendre ce phénomène. Collaborateur de Cohen, Horn et Loehlin.
|
| WILLERMAN, L. (1972). Biosocial influences on human development. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 42 (3), 452-462. |
| WILLERMAN, L. & CHURCHILL, J.A. (1976). Intelligence and birth weight in identical twins. Child development, 38 (3), 623-629. |
WILLERMAN, L. (1979). Effects of families on intellectual development. American Psychologist, 34 (10), 923-929. |
| WILLERMAN, L. & COHEN, D.B. (1990). Psycopatology. Ohio : McGraw-Hill. |
| WILLERMAN, L., LOEHLIN, J.C. & HORN, J.M. (1980). Parental problem-solving speed as a correlate of intelligence in parents and their adopted and natural children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 71 (5), 627-634. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Williams
Ben A. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'effet
de contraste et aux comportements
de choix. Collaborateur de
Dunn, Fantino et Wixted.
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1975). The blocking of reinforcement
control. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 24 (2), 215-226. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. & FANTINO, E. (1978). Effects on choice
of reinforcement delay and conditioned reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29 (1),
77-86. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1983). Another look at contrast in
multiple schedules. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 39 (2), 345-384. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. & WIXTED, J.T. (1986). An equation for
behavioral contrast. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 61 (1), 47-62. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. & DUNN, E. (1991). Preference for
conditioned reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 55 (1), 37-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Williams
Bernard Arthur Owen (Essex Angleterre 1929-2003) :
Philosophe anglais.
|
|
WILLIAMS, B. (1991). La honte et la nécessité. Paris
: Presses universitaires de France. |
|
WILLIAMS, B. (1997). Moral responsibility and political
freedom. Cambridge Law Journal, 56, 1997. |
|
WILLIAMS, B. (2002). Truth and truthfulness : An
essay in genealogy. Princeton University Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, B. (2002). Problems of the self :
philosophical papers, 1956-1972. Cambridge :
Cambridge university press. |
|
WILLIAMS, B. (2000). Philosophy ss a humanistic
discipline. Philosophy, 75 (294), 477-496. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Williams
David R. ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste des déterminants
sociaux-économiques, notamment la race,
de la santé mentale. Collaborateur
de Ceci et Krieger.
|
WILLIAMS, D.R. (1990). Socioeconomic differentials in
health : A review and redirection. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 3, 81-99. |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R. & COLLINS, C. (1995). Socioeconomic and
racial differences in health. Annual Review of
Sociology, 21, 349-386. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R., YU, Y., JACKSON, J.S. & ANDERSON, N.B.
(1997). Racial differences in physical and mental health
socio-economic status, stress and discrimination.
Journal of Health Psychology, 2 (3), 335-351. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R. MOHAMMED, S.A., LEAVELL, J. & COLLINS,
C. (12010). Race, socioeconomic status, and health :
Complexities, ongoing challenges, and research
opportunities. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 1186, 69-101. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R., LAWRENCE, J.A. & DAVIS, B.A. (2019).
Racism and health : evidence and needed research. Annual
Review of Public Health, 40, 105-125. |
|
|
|
Williams
Dmitri ( ) : Spécialiste de la communication.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la dépendance
à internet. Collaborateur de
Yee.
|
WILLIAMS, D. (2003). The video game lightning rod :
Constructions of a new media technology, 1970-2000.
Information, Communication & Society, 6 (4),
523-550. |
|
WILLIAMS, D. (2005). Bridging the methodological divide in
game research. Simulation & Gaming, 36 (4),
447-463. |
|
WILLIAMS, D. & SKORIC, M. (2005). Internet fantasy
violence. A test of aggression in an online game. Communication
Monographs, 72, 217-233. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D. MARTINS, M. CONSALVO, M. & IVORY, J.
(2009). The virtual censu s: Representations of gender,
race and age in video games. New Media & Society,
11, 815-834. |
|
WILLIAMS, D., CONSALVO, M., CAPLAN, S. & YEE, N.
(2009). Looking for gender (LFG) : Gender roles and
behaviors among online gamers. Journal of
Communication, 59, 700-725. |
|
|
|
Williams
George Christopher (Charlotte 1926-2010 Setauket) :
Biologiste et sociobiologiste
américain, pionnier de la psychologie
évolutionniste. Collaborateur de Nesse.
|
WILLIAMS, G.C. (1966). Adaptation and natural
selection. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, G.C. (Ed.) (1971). Group selection.
Chicago : Aldine-Atherton. |
|
WILLIAMS, G.C. (1985). A defense of reductionism in
evolutionary biology. Oxford Surveys in Evolutionary
Biology, 2, 127. |
|
WILLIAMS, G.C. (1992). Natural selection : Domains,
levels, and challenges. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TAYLOR, P.O. & WILLIAMS, G.C. (1984). Demographic
parameters at evolutionary equilibrium. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, 62, 2264-2271. |
|
|
|
Williams
J. Mark G. ( ) : Psychiatre
cognitivo-béhavioriste. et
chef de file de la thérapie
cognitive fondée sur la pleine conscience. Il s'intéresse
notamment au suicide. Collaborateur
de Arntz,
Barlow, Clark, Ehlers,
Fairburn, Freeston,
Friman, Garety,
Hollon, Macleod,
Ost, Salkovskis, Segal,
Shafran, Teasdale
et Wilson.
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., MATHEWS, A. & MacLEOD, C.M. (1996).
The emotional Stroop task and psychopathology. Psychological
Bulletin, 120 (1), 3-24. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., TEASDALE J.D., SEGAL, Z.V. &
SOULSBY, J. (2000). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy
reduces overgeneral autobiographical memory in formerly
depressed patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology
109, 150-155. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., DUGGAN, D.S., CRANE, C. & FENNELL,
M.J.V. (2006). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for
prevention of recurrence of suicidal behavior. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 62, 201-210. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., RUSSELL, I.G. & RUSSELL, D. (2008).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy : Further issues in
current evidence and future research. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76, 524-529.
[PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2010). Mindfulness and psychological
process. Emotion, 10, 1-17 |
|
|
|
Williams
Janet W.B. ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine. Collaboratrice de Spitzer.
|
WILLIAMS, J.B. (1988). A structured interview guide for
the Hamilton depression rating scale. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 45, 742-747. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.W.B. (2001). Standardizing the Hamilton
Depression Rating Scale : Past, present, and future. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 251
(S2), 6-12. |
|
WILLIAMS J.B.W. & KOBAK, K.A. (2008). Development and
reliability of a structured interview guide for the
Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (SIGMA). British
Journal of Psychiatry, 192 (1), 52-58. |
|
|
|
|
Williams
Kimberly A. ( ) : Infirmière et
éducatrice, spécialisé dans le traitement et l'étude de
l'automutilation.
|
WILLIAMS, K.A. & BYDALEK, K. (2007). Adolescent
self-mutilation : Diagnosis and treatment. Journal of
Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services, 45
(12), 19-23. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.A., PHILLIPS, L., CHADWELL, J., MONSMAN, H.
(2018). Non-suicidal self-injury risk screening in primary
care settings : Results of two instrument development
studies. Madridge Journal of Nursing, 3 (1),
92-100. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.A., YOO, W. & RIKABI, K.K. (2013).
Understanding non-suicidal self-injury assessment in the
primary care setting usefulness of the SLICE Tool. Journal
of the Student National Medical Association, 6,
21-22. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.A. & HAMILTON, K. (2009). Culturally
competent assessment and care of self-mutilation in
urological nursing. Urolgy Nursing, 29 (3),
191-4. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.A. & BYDALEK, K. (2009). Self-mutilation :
The cutting truth. American Nurse Today, 4 (8),
29-32. |
|
|
|
Williams
Kipling D. (Columbus 1953-) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'ostracisme.
Avec Latané e t Harkins,
il a flânerie sociale. = Kip.
Collaborateur de Harkins,
Jamieson, Karau, Latané,
Loftus,
Nairne, Petty et Salovey.
|
WILLIAMS, K.D., HARKINS, S. & LATANÉ, B. (1981).
Identifiability as a deterrent to social loafing : Two
cheering experiments. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 40, 303-311. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D., CHEUNG, C.K.T. & CHOI, W. (2000).
Cyberostracism : Effects of being ignored over the
Internet. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 79, 748-762. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D. & WARBUTON, W.A. (2003). Ostracism : A
form of indirect aggression that can result in aggression.
International Review of Social Psychology, 16,
101-126. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D. & JARVIS, B. (2006). Cyberball : A
program for use in research on interpersonal ostracism and
acceptance. Behavior Research Methods, 38,
174-180. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D. (2007). Ostracism. The Annual Review
of Psychology, 58, 425-452.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Williams
Larry W. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste canadien.
Il s'intéresse notamment au
développement et à ses pathologies.
Collaborateur de Friman,
Ghessi et Tarbox.
|
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D. & WILLIAMS, W.L. (2003).
Assessment and treatment of elopement : a replication and
extension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(2), 239-244. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, W.L., GHESSI, P. & BURKHOLDER, E. (2004).
Developmental disabilities and mental retardation. In W.
O'Donahue & M. Levinsky (Eds.), Handbook of
forensic psychology (pp. 489-509). New York :
Elsivier Science/ Academic Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.L (2004). Developmental disabilities :
Etiology, assessment, intervention and integration.
Reno NV : Context Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.L., JACKSON, M. & FRIMAN, P.C. (2007).
Enuresis and Encopresis. In P. Sturmey (Ed.), Handbook
of clinical psychology and functional analysis. New
York : Elsevier. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.L. & JACKSON, M. (2010). Enuresis. In P.
Sturmey and M.Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of evidence
based practice in clinical (Vol. 1). New York :
Wiley. |
|
|
|
Williams
Robert J. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du jeu
de hasard et des joueurs
compulsifs. Collaborateur de Volberg
et Wood.
|
WILLIAMS, R.J., ROYSTON, J. & HAGEN, B. (2005).
Gambling and problem gambling within forensic populations:
A review of the literature. Criminal Justice &
Behavior : An International Journal, 32 (6),
665-689. |
|
WILLIAMS, R.J., CONNOLLY, D., WOOD, R.T. & NOWATZKI,
N. (2006). Gambling and problem gambling in a sample of
university students.Journal of Gambling Issues, 16,
1-13. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, R.J. & CONNOLLY, D. (2006). Does learning
more about the mathematics of gambling change gambling
behaviour ? Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 20
(1), 62-68. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, R.J. & VOLBERG, R. (2009). Impact of survey
description, administration format, and exclusionary
criteria on population prevalence rates of problem
gambling. International Gambling Studies, 9 (2),
101-117. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, R.J. & VOLBERG, R. (2014). Classification
accuracy of four problem gambling assessment instruments.
International Gambling Studies, 14 (1), 15-28. |
|
|
|
Williams
Ronald J. ( ) : Informaticien connexioniste
et spécialiste de l'apprentissage des réseaux
neuraux, notamment par renforcement électronique.
Collaborateur de Rumelhart.
|
WILLIAMS, R.G. & ZIPSER, D. (1989). A learning
algorithm for continually running fully recurrent neural
networks. Neural Computation, 1, 270-280. |
|
WILLIAMS, R.G. & PENG, J. (1990). An efficient
gradient-based algorithm for on-line training of recurrent
network trajectories. Neural Computation, 2,
490-501. |
|
WILLIAMS, R.G. & PENG, J. (1991). Function
optimization using connectionist reinforcement learning
algorithms. Connection Science, 3, 241-268. |
|
WILLIAMS, R.G. (1992). Simple statistical
gradient-following algorithms for connectionist
reinforcement learning. Machine Learning, 8 (3),
229-256. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, R.G. & ZIPSER, D. (1995). Gradient-based
learning algorithms for recurrent networks and their
computational complexity. In Y. Chauvin & D.E.
Rumelhart (Eds.), Back-propagation : Theory,
Architectures and Applications. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Williams
Wendy M. (1960-) : Psychologue
écologiste et
cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de
l'intelligence. Collaboratrice de
Ceci.
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1988). Group
intelligence : Why some groups are better than others.
Intelligence, 12, 351-377. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. & CECI, S.J. (1997). A
person-process-context-time approach to understanding
intellectual development. Review of General
Psychology, 1 (3), 288-310. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. (2000). Perspectives on intelligence
testing, affirmative action, and educational policy. Psychology,
Public Policy, & Law, 6 (1), 2-26. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. (2002). Teaching children real-world
knowledge and reasoning. Developmental Review, 22,
151-161. |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. & CECI, S.J. (2009). Race : A useful
way to glean social information. Nature, 458, 147. |
|
|
|
|
|
Willingham
Daniel T. (1961-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de
l'éducation. = Willingham D.B.
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T., NISSEN, M.J. & BULLEMER, P. (1989).
On the development of procedural and declarative
knowledge. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 15, 1047-1060. |
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T. (1990). Effective feedback on written
assignments. Teaching of Psychology, 17, 10-13. |
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T. & LLOYD, J.W. (2002). How educational
theories can use neuroscientific data. Mind Brain and
Education, 1 (3), 140-149. [PDF] |
|
WILLINGHAM, D.T. (2002). Allocating student study time:
Massed vs. distributed practice. American Educator,
Summer, pp. 37-39, 47. |
|
WILLINGHAM,
D.T., HUGHES, E.M. & DOBOLYI, D.G. (2015). The
scientific status of learning styles theories. Teaching
of Psychology, 42, 266-271. |
|
|
|
Willcutt
Erik G. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste du
trouble du déficit de l'attention avec hyperactivité
Collaborateur de Defries,
Faraone,
Friedman, Hewitt, Miyake,
Olson, Pelham,
Pennington et Rhee.
|
WILLCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F., OLSON, R.K., BOADA, R.,
OGLINE, J., TUNICK, R. & CHABILDAS, N. (2001). A
comparison of the cognitive deficits in reading disability
and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 157-172. |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F., OLSON, R.K., CHHABILDAS,
N. & HULSLANDER, J. (2005). Neuropsychological
analyses of comorbidity between reading disability and
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder : In search of
the common deficit. Developmental Neuropsychology,
27, 35-78. |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G., BETJEMANN, R., McGRATH, L., CHHABILDAS,
N.A., OLSON, R.K., DeFRIES, J.C. & PENNINGTON, B.F.
(2010). Etiology and neuropsychology of comorbidity
between RD and ADHD : The case for multiple-deficit
models. Cortex, 46, 1345-1361. [PDF] |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G., PENNINGTON, B.F., DUNCAN, L., SMITH, S.D.,
KEENAN, J.M., WADSWORTH, S. J., DeFRIES J.C. & OLSON,
R.K. (2010). Understanding the complex etiologies of
developmental disorders: behavioral and molecular genetic
approaches. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 31, 533 - 544. |
|
WILLCUTT, E.G. (2012). The prevalence of DSM-IV
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A meta-analytic
review. Neurotherapeutics, 9, 490-499. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
Willms
Douglas Jon (1950-) : Chercheur
canadien en éducation et
spécialiste de la littératie.
 |
WILLMS, J.D. & RAUDENBUSH, S.W. (1989). A longitudinal
hierarchical linear model for estimating school effects
and their stability. Journal of Educational
Measurement, 26 (3), 209-232. |
|
WILLMS, J.D. & JACOBSEN, S. (1990). Growth in
mathematics skills during the intermediate years : Sex
differences and school effects. International Journal
of Educational Research, 14, 157-174. |
|
WILLMS, J.D. & KERCHKOFF, A.C. (1995). The challenge
of developing new social indicators. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 17 (1), 113-131. |
|
WILLMS, J.D. (2003). PISA 2000 : Socioeconomic status
and reading performance of French- and Italian-speaking
Swiss students. Genève : Service de la Recherche en
Éducation. |
|
WILLMS, J.D. et MURRAY, T.S. (2007). Acquisition et
perte de compétences en littératie au cours de la vie.
Ottawa : Statistique Canada. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilson
Alyssa N. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du jeu
compulsif et des délais
de renforcement. Collaboratrice de
Dixon.
|
WILSON, A.N. & DIXON, M.R. (2010). A mindfulness
approach to improving classroom attention. Journal of
Behavioral Health & Medicine, 1 (2), 134-139. |
|
WILSON, A.N. (2015). A critique of sociocultural values in
PBIS. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 8 (1), 92-94 |
|
WILSON, A.N. & GRANT, T. (2015). Derived rule
following of roulette gambling : Replication and
extension. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 8 (1),
52-56. |
|
WILSON, A.N., SALAS-WRIGHT, C.P., VAUGHN, M.G. &
MAYNARD, B.R. (2015). Gambling prevalence rates among
immigrants : A multigenerational examination.
Addictive Behaviors, 42, 79-85. |
|
WILSON, A.N. & GRATZ, O.H. (2016). Using a progressive
ratio schedule of reinforcement as an assessment tool to
inform treatment. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 8
(1), 52-56. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wilson
Anne E. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne. Collaboratrice de
Ross.
|
WILSON, A.E. & ROSS, M. (2000). The frequency of
temporal-self and social comparisons in people's personal
appraisals. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 928-942. |
|
WILSON, A.E., SMITH, M.D. & ROSS, M. (2003). The
nature and effects of young children's lies. Social
Development, 12, 21-45. |
|
WILSON, A.E. & ROSS, M. (2003). The identity function
of autobiographical memory : Time is on our side. Memory,
11 (2), 137-149. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, A.E., SMITH, M.D., ROSS, H. & ROSS, M. (2004).
Young children's personal accounts of their sibling
disputes. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 50, 39-60. |
|
WILSON, A.E., GUNN, G.R. & ROSS, M. (2009). The role
of subjective time in identity regulation. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 23, 1164-1178. |
|
|
|
Wilson
David C. ( ) :
Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du vote.
Collaborateur de Tourangeau.
|
WILSON, D.C. & BREWER, P.B. (2013). The foundations of
public opinion on voter ID laws: political
predispositions, racial resentment, and information
effects. Public Opinion Quarterly, 77 (4),
962-984. |
|
WILSON, D.C. & DAVIS, D.W. (2011). Reexamining racial
resentment : conceptualization and content. ANNALS of
the American Academy of Political & Social Science,
634 (1), 117-133. |
|
WILSON, D.C. & DAVIS, D.W. (2018). The racial double
standard : attributing racial motivations in voting
behavior. Public Opinion Quarterly, 82 (1),
63-86. |
|
WILSON, D.C. & KING-MEADOWS, T. (2016). Perceived
electoral malfeasance and resentment over the election of
Barack Obama. Electoral Studies, 44, 35-45. |
|
WILSON, D.C., OWENS, M.L. & DAVIS, D.W. (2015). How
racial attitudes and ideology affect political rights for
felons. Du Bois Review : Social Science Research on
Race, 12 (1), 73-93. |
|
|
|
Wilson
David Sloan (1949-) : Biologiste
évolutionniste et anthropologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme
et de la sélection
de groupe. Collaborateur de Dugatkin
et Wilson.
|
WILSON, D.S. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1997). Group selection
and assortative interactions. American Naturalist,
149, 336-351. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, D.S., DITRICH, E. & CLARK, A.B. (2003). On the
inappropriate use of the naturalistic fallacy in
evolutionary psychology. Biology & Philosophy,
18, 669-682. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, D.S. (2004). What is wrong with absolute
individual fitness ? Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 19, 245-248. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, D.S. (2005). Testing major evolutionary hypotheses
about religion with a random sample. Human Nature, 16
(4), 419-446. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, D.S. & WILSON, E.O. (2008). Evolution "For the
Good of the Group". American Scientist, 96,
380-389. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wilson
Edmund Beecher (Genève 1856-1939 New York) :
Biologiste américain, zoologiste et généticen
avant la letrre. On lui doit la découverte des chromosomes
X et Y qui déterminent
le sexe (1905).
|
WILSON, E.B. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity and
the maturation of the germ-cells. Science, 16, 991-993. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). The chromosomes in relation to the
determination of sex in insects.Science, 22
(564), 500-502. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1905). Studies on chromosomes. I. The
behavior of the idiochromosomes in hemiptera. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 2 (3), 371-405. |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1909). The chromosomes of metapodius. A
contribution to the hypothesis of the genetic continuity
of chromosomes. Journal of Experimental Zoology, 6
(2), 147-205. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, E.B. (1909). Secondary chromosome-couplings and
the sexual relations in abraxas. Science, 29
(748), 704-706. |
| |
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1940). Biographical memoir of Edmund Beecher
Wilson, 1856-1939. Biographical Memoirs Home -
National Academy of Sciences, 21, 315-342. |
|
|
|
Wilson
Edward Osborne (Birmingham États-Unis 1929-2021) :
Entomologiste
et éthologiste
américain. De nombreux historiens des sciences le considèrent
comme le père de la sociobiologie.
Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
Professeur de Hailman.
Collaborateur de Hölldobler
et Wilson.
 |
WILSON, E.O. (1975/96). Sociobiology : The new
synthesis. Belknap Press. |
|
WILSON, E.O. (1978). On human nature. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press. |
|
WILSON, E.O. (1971). The insect societies.
Belknap Press. |
|
WILSON, E.O. (1998). Resuming the enlightenment quest. The
Wilson Quarterly, 4, 16-27. |
|
HÖLLDOBLER, B. & WILSON, E.O. (1995). Journey to
the ants : A story of scientific exploration/Voyage chez
les fourmis. Barnes & Noble. |
|
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1996). The Making of a Scientist - A Life
Worthy of Admiration and Imitation. A Review of -
Naturalist by E.O.Wilson, Island Press/Shearwater Books,
Washington D.C. (1994). Resonance - Journal of
Science Education, 1 (4), 87-89. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wilson
Glenn D. (Chritschurch 1942-) : Psychologue
évolutionniste
néo-zélandais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité
et du conservatisme.
Étudiant de Eysenk.
Collaborteur de Barrett
et Rahman.
|
WILSON, G.D. & PATTERSON, J.R. (1968). A new measure
of conservatism. British Journal of Social &
Clinical Psychology, 8, 264-269. |
|
WILSON, G.D., AUSMAN, J. & MATHEWS, T.R. (1973).
Conservatism and art preferences. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 25, 286-288. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. & WILSON, G.D. (1973). The
experimental study of Freudian theories. London :
Methuen. |
|
WILSON, G.D., NIAS, D.K.B. & BRAZENDALE A.H. (1975).
Vital statistics, perceived sexual attractiveness and
response to risque humor. Journal of Social
Psychology, 95, 201-205. |
|
WILSON, G.D. (2010). Fingers to feminism : The rise of
2D:4D. Quarterly Review, 4, 25-32. |
|
|
|
Wilson
G. Terence ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans le traitement de
l'alcoolisme et des troubles
alimentaires. notamment de la boulimie
et de l'anorexie.
Collaborateur de Barlow, Clark,
Ehlers, Garety,
Grilo,
Hollon, Fairburn,
Kazdin, Kraemer,
Nathan, O'leary, Ost,
Rachman,
Salkovskis, Shafran,
Stunkard,
Vitousek, Wadden, Williams
et Wing.
|
WILSON, G.T. & DAVISON, G.C. (1971). Processes of
fear-reduction in systematic desensitization : Animal
studies. Psychological Bulletin, 76, 1-14. |
|
WILSON, G.T. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1980). Principles
of behavior therapy. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
|
WILSON, G.T., ROSSITER, E., KLEIFIELD, E.I. &
LINDHOLM, L. (1986). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
bulimia nervosa : A controlled evaluation. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 24, 277-288. |
|
WILSON, G.T. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (1993). Cognitive
treatments for eating disorders. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61 (2), 261-269. |
|
WILSON, G.T., GRILLO, C.M. & VITOUSEK, K.M. (2007).
Psychological treatment of eating disorders. American
Psychologist, 62 (3), 199-216. |
|
|
|
Wilson
Kelly G. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. En collaboration avec Hayes et Stroshal, il a développé
la thérapie de l'acceptation et de
l'engagement. Collaborateur de Barnes-Holmes,
Barnes-Holmes, Eifert,
Forsyth, Friman,
Hayes, O'Donohue,
Stroshal, Twohig,
Zettle et Zvolensky.
|
WILSON, K.G., FOLLETTE, V.M., HAYES, S.C. & BATTEN,
S.V. (1996). Implications of acceptance theory for the
treatment of survivors of childhood sexual abuse. PTSD
Clinical Quarterly, 6, 34-37. |
|
WILSON, K.G. & HAYES, S.C. (1996). Resurgence of
derived stimulus relations. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 66 (3), 267-281.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G. & HAYES, S.C. (1996). Why it is crucial
to understand thinking and feeling : An analysis and
application to drug abuse. The Behavior Analysist, 23
(1), 25-43 [PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G., HAYES, S.C. & GIFFORD, E.V. (1997).
Cognition in behavior therapy : agreements and
differences. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (1), 53-63. |
|
WILSON, K.G., SANDOZ, E.K., KITCHENS, J. & ROBERTS,
M.E. (2010). The Valued Living Questionnaire : Defining
and measuring valued action within a behavioral framework.
The Psychological Record, 60, 249-272. |
|
|
|
Wilson Margaret ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire
de travail.
|
WILSON, M. & EMMOREY, K. (1997). A visuo-spatial
"phonological loop" in working memory : Evidence from
American Sign Language. Memory & Cognition, 25, 313-320.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, M. (2001). The case for sensorimotor coding in
working memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 8,
44-57. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 9, 625-636. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, M. & FOX, G. (2007). Working memory for
language is not special : Evidence for an articulatory
loop for novel stimuli. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 14, 470-473. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, M., LANCASTER, J. & EMMOREY, K. (2010).
Representational momentum for the human body : Awkwardness
matters, experience does not. Cognition, 116,
242-250. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wilson
Margaret A. ( ) : Psychologue
anglaise spécialisée
dans l'étude des enlèvements,
des prises d'otage et du terrorisme.
|
WILSON, M.A. & SMITH, A. (2000). Roles and rules in
terrorist hostage taking. In D. Canter and L. ALison
(Eds.), The social psychology of crime : groups,
teams and networks. Ashgate : Aldershot. |
|
WILSON, M.A. (2000). Toward a model of terrorist behavior
in hostage-taking incidents. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44 (4), 403-424. |
|
WILSON, M.A., SHOLES, A. & BROCKLEHURST, E. (2010). A
behavioural analysis of terrorist action : The
assassination and bombing campaigns of ETA between 1980
and 2007. The British Journal of Criminology, 50
(4), 690-707. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & LEMANSKI, L. (2013). Apparent intended
lethality: Toward a model of intent to harm in terrorist
bomb attacks. Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict
Pathways toward terrorism & Genocide, 6 (1-3).
1-21. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & KILBANE, S.C. (2016). Criminal
poisoning and product tampering : Toward an Operational
definition of malicious contamination. Deviant
Behavior, 38 (10), 1141-1159. |
|
|
|
Wilson
Timothy Decamp ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des attitudes.
Collaborateur d'Aronson, Gilbert,
Nisbett et Schooler.
 |
NISBETT, R.E. & WILSON, T.D. (1977). Telling more than
we can know : Verbal reports on mental processes. Psychological
Review, 84, 231-259. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, T.D. & BREKKE, N.C. (1994). Mental
contamination and mental correction : Unwanted influences
on judgments and evaluations. Psychological Bulletin,
116, 117-142. |
|
WILSON, T.D., LINDSEY, S. & SCHOOLER, T. (2000). A
model of dual attitudes. Psychological Review, 107, 101-126.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, T.D. & GILBERT, D.T. (2005). Knowing what to
want : Affective forecasting. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 14 (3), 131-134. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, T.D. (2006). The power of social psychological
interventions. Science, 313, 1251-1252. |
|
|
|
|
Wilson
Warner R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des relations
entre les groupes.
|
WILSON, W., CHUN, N. & KAYATANI, M. (1965).
Projection, attraction, and strategy choices in intergroup
competition. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 2 (3), 432-435. |
|
WILSON, W., MILLER, H.L. & LOWER, J.S. (1967). Much
ado about the null hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin,
67 (3), 188-196. |
|
WILSON, W. & KAYATANI, M. (1968). Intergroup attitudes
and strategies in games between opponents of the same or
of a different race. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 9 (1), 24-30. |
|
WILSON, W.& MILLER, H.L. (1968). Repetition, order of
presentation, and timing of arguments and measures as
determinants of opinion change. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 9 (2),
184-188. |
|
WILSON, W. (1970). Rank order of discrimination and its
relevance to civil rights priorities. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 15 (2),
118-124. |
|
|
|
Wimsatt William C. (1941-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du réductionisme.
|
WIMSATT, W. (1972). Teleology and thel logical structure
of function statement. Studies in History &
Philosophy of Science, 3 (1), 1-80. |
|
WIMSATT, W. (1976). Reductionism, levels of organization,
and the mind-body problem. In G.G. Globus, G. Maxwell
& I. Savodnik (Eds.), Consciousness and the brain
(pp. 205-267). New York : Plenum Press. |
|
WIMSATT, W. (1986). Forms of aggregativity. In A. Donagan,
A.N.Perovich & M.V. Wedin (Eds.), Human nature
and natural knowledge (pp. 259-291). Dordrecht :
Reidel. |
|
WIMSATT, W. (2000). Emergence as non-aggregativity and the
biases of reductionisms. Foundations of Science, 5,
269-297. |
|
WIMSATT, W. (2006). Reductionism and its heuristics :
Making methodological reductionism honest. Synthese,
151, 445-475. |
|
|
|
|
|
Windholz George (1931-2002) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et historien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
répondant. Collaborateur de Lamal.
|
WINDHOLZ, G. & LAMAL, P.A. (1986). Priority in the
classical conditioning of children. Teaching of
Psychology, 13, 192-195. |
|
WINDHOLZ, G. (1990). Pavlov and the pavlovians in the
laboratory. Journal of the History of the Behavioral
Sciences, 26, 64-74. |
|
WINDHOLZ, G. (1997). Pavlov and the mind-body problem. Integrative
Physiological & Behavioral Science, 32, 149-159. |
|
WINDHOLZ, G. (1998). Pavlov's conceptualization of
voluntary movements within the framework of the theory of
higher nervous activity. American Journal of
Psychology, 111, 435-443. |
|
WINDHOLZ, G. & LAMAL, P.A. (2002). Koehler's insight
revisited. In R.A Griggs (Ed.), Handbook for teaching
introductory psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 80-81).
Mahwah, NJ, US : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
LAMAL, P.A. (2003). George Windholz (1931-2002) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 58 (6/7), 493. |
|
|
|
|
|
Winefield,
Anthony H. (1937-2020) : Psychologie
industrielle et organisationnelle australienne, spécialisée
dans l'étude de la résignation acquise, des conséquence
psychologique du chômage
et de la satisfaction
au travail. Collaboratrice de Tiggemann
et Winefield.
|
WINEFIELD, A.H. & TIGGEMANN, M. (1978). The effects of
uncontrollable and unpredictable events on anagram
solving. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 30, 717-724. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., BARNETT, A. & TIGGEMANN, M. (1984).
Learned helplessness and IQ differences. Personality
& Individual Differences, 5, 493-500. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., BARNETT, A. & TIGGEMANN, M. (1985).
Learned helplessness deficits : Uncontrollable outcomes or
perceived failure ? Motivation & Emotion, 9,
185-195. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1991). The psychological impact of unemployment and
unsatisfactory employment in young men and women :
Longitudinal and cross-sectional data. British
Journal of Psychology, 82, 133-138. |
|
WINEFIELD, A.H., TIGGEMANN, M. & WINEFIELD, H.R.
(1992). Spare time use and psychological well-being in
employed and unemployed young people. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 65 (S),
307-313. |
|
|
|
Winefield
Helen R. ( ) : Psychologie
industrielle et organisationnelle australienne, spécialisée
dans l'étude de la résignation acquise, des conséquence
psychologique du chômage
et de la satisfaction
au travail. Collaboratrice de Tiggemann
et Winefield.
|
WINEFIELD, H.R. WINEFIELD, A.H. & TIGGEMANN, M.
(1992). Social support and psychological well-being in
young adults : The Multi-Dimensional Support Scale.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 58, 198-210. |
|
WINEFIELD, H.R., WINEFIELD, A.H. & TIGGEMANN, M.
(1992). How deviant are young adult smokers ?
Psychological Reports, 70, 675-681. |
|
WINEFIELD, H.R., WINEFIELD, A.H. & TIGGEMANN, M..
(1992). Employment status transitions in a longitudinal
study of young people. Psychological Reports, 71 (2),
532-534. |
|
WINEFIELD, H.R., TIGGEMANN, M., GOLDNEY, R.D. &
WINEFIELD, A.H. (1992). Predictors and consequences of
tertiary education : A nine-year followup of academically
capable school-leavers. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 62 (1), 148-153. |
|
WINEFIELD, H.R., BOYD, C. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (2014).
& Work-family conflict and well-being in university
employee. Journal of Psychology Interdisciplinary
& Applied, 148 (6), 683-697. |
|
|
|
|
|
Winer
Benjamin James (Oregon 1917-1984) :
Psychologue et statisticien
américain.
|
WINER, B.J. & BIERI, J.W. (1952). The leadership
behavior of the airplane commande. Columbus, Ohio
: Ohio State University Research Foundation. |
|
WINER, B.J., BROWN, D.R. & MICHELS, K.M. (1963/71/91).
Statistical principles in experimental design. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
WILEY, D.E. (1963). Book Reviews: Statistical Principles
in Experimental Design by B.J. Winer. New York:
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 23 (1), 205-207. |
|
WASIK, J.L. (1972). Book Reviews : B.J. Winer. Statistical
Principles in Experimental Design. (2nd. ed.). New York:
McGraw-Hill. Educational and Psychological
Measurement. 32 (2), 537-539. |
|
WYON, , D P. (1972). A review of Statistical Principles in
Experimental Design, 2nd Edition, By B.J. Winer. New York
: McGraw-Hil. Ergonomics, 15 (4), 479-481. |
|
|
|
Winer Gerald A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen et
spécialiste de l'étude des
croyances. Il s'intéresse également au développement de
l'inclusion logique.
 |
WINER, G.A. & COTTRELL, J.E. (1996). Does anything
leave the eye when we see ? Extramission beliefs of
children and adults. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 5, 137-142. |
|
WINER, G.A. & COTTRELL, J.E. (1996). Effects of
drawing on directional representations of the process of
vision. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88,
704-717. |
|
WINER, G.A., COTTRELL, J.E., KAREFILAKI, K. &
CHRONISTER, M. (1996). Conditions affecting beliefs about
visual perception among children and adults. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 61 (2), 93-115. |
|
WINER, G.A., COTTRELL, J.E., GREGG, V., FOURNIER, J.S.
& BICA, L.A. (2002). Fundamentally misunderstanding
visual perception : Adults' belief in visual emissions. American
Psychologist, 57 (6/7), 417-424. [PDF] |
|
WINER, G.A., RADER, A.W. & COTTRELL, J.E. (2003).
Testing different interpretations for the mistaken belief
that rays exit the eyes during vision. The Journal of
Psychology, 137, 243-261. |
|
|
|
Winett
Richard A. (1945-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de la médecine
béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse également aux comportements qui
permettent des économies
d'énergie. Collaborateur de Battalio,
Geller, Kagel
et Winkler
|
WINETT, R.A., NEALE, M.S. & GRIER, H.C. (1979).
Effects of self-monitoring and feedback on residential
electricity consumption. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 12 (2), 173-184. [PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., HATCHER, J.W., FORT, T.R., LECKLITER, I.N.,
LOVE, S.Q., RILEY, A.W. & FISHBACK, J.F. (1982). The
effects of videotape modeling and daily feedback on
residential electricity conservation, home temperature and
humidity, perceived comfort, and clothing worn : Winter
and summer. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15
(3), 381-402. [PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., CARPINELLI, R.N. (2000). Examining the
validity of exercise guidelines for the prevention of
morbidity and all-cause mortality. Annals of
Behavioral Medicine, 22, 237-245. |
|
WINETT, R.A., TATE, D.F., ANDERSON, E.S., WOJCIK, J.R.
& WINETT, G. (2005). Long-term prevention of weight
gain : A theoretically-based internet approach. Preventive
Medicine, 49, 629-641. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wing
Lorna (1928-2014) : Psychiatre
et travailleuse sociale anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'autisme.
En 1981, elle propose de distinguer deux formes d'autisme,
le syndrome de Kanner
(déjà bien connu) et une fome que l'on aurait jusque là négligée,
le syndrome d'Asperger.
Collaboratrice de Gillberg, Lader
et Leekam.
 |
WING, L. (1956). The use of reserpine in chronic psychotic
patients: a controlled trial. The Journal of Mental
Science, 102 (428), 530-541. [PDF] |
|
WING, L. & GOULD, J. (1979). Severe impairments of
social interaction and associated abnormalities in
children : epidemiology and classification. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders 9, 11-29. |
|
WING, L. (1981). Asperger syndrome : a clinical account. Journal
of Psychological Medicine, 11, 115-129. [LIRE] |
|
WING, L. (1993). The definition and prevalence of autism :
A review. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
2 (2), 61-74. [LIRE] |
|
WING, L., GOULD, J. & GILLBERG, C. (2011). Autism
spectrum disorders in the DSM-V : Better or worse than the
DSM-IV ? Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32,
768-773.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Wing
Rena R. ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des troubles
alimentaires, plus particulièrement de la perte
de poids et de l'obésité.
Collaboratice de Grilo, Stunkard
et Wilson.
|
WING, R.R. & HILL, J.O. (2001). Successful weight loss
maintenance. Annual Review of Nutrition, 21,
323-341. |
|
WING, R.R., PHELAN, S. & TATE, D.F. (2002). The role
of adherence in mediating the relationship between
depression and health outcomes. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 53, 877. |
|
WING, R.R. & PHELAN, S. (2005). Long-term weight loss
maintenance. The American Journal of Clinical
Nutrition, 82 (S1), 222-225. |
|
WING, R.R., TATE, D.F., GORIN, A.A., RAYNOR, H.A. &
FAVA, J.L. (2006). A self-regulation program for
maintenance of weight loss. New England Journal of
Medicine, 355 (15), 1563-1571. |
|
WING, R.R., PAPANDONATOS, G., FAVA, J.L., GORIN, A.A.,
PHELAN, S., McCAFFERY, J. & TATE, D.F. (2009).
Maintaining large weight losses : The role of behavioral
and psychological factors. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical psychology, 76 (6), 1015-1021. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Winger
Gail ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée en pharmacologie
béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude des
benzodiazépines. Collaboratrice de Hursh
et Woods.
|
WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H. (1973). The reinforcing property
of ethanol in the rhesus monkey. I. Initiation,
maintenance and termination of intravenous
ethanol-reinforced responding. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 215, 162-165. |
|
WINGER, G., YASAR, S., NEGUS, S. & GOLDBERG, S.R.
(1994) Intravenous self-administration studies with
l-deprenyl (selegiline) in monkeys. Clinical
Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 56, 774-780. [PDF] |
|
WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H. & HURSH, S.R. (1996). Behavior
maintained by alfentanil or nalbuphine in rhesus monkeys :
Fixed ratio and time-out changes to establish demand
curves and relative reinforcing effectiveness. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 4, 131-140. |
|
WINGER, G. (1993). Fixed-ratio and time-out changes on
behavior maintained by cocaine or methohexital in rhesus
monkeys: 1. Comparison of reinforcing strength. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 1, 142-153. |
|
WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H., GALUSKA, C.M. & WADE-GALUSKA,
T. (2005). Behavioral perspectives on the neuroscience of
drug addiction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 84 (3), 667-681. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Winkielman
Piotr ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, d'origine polonaise, et spécialiste de l'étude des
phénomènes inconscients. Collaborateur de Barsalou,
Berntson, Berridge,
Cacioppo, Harmon-Jones,
Knutson, Niedenthal,
Pecher, Ramachadran,
Reber,
Schwarz, Yberra, Zajonc
et Zeelenberg.
|
WINKIELMAN, P., ZAJONC, R.B. & SCHWARZ, N. (1997).
Subliminal affective priming resists attributional
interventions. Cognition & Emotion, 11,
433-465. [PDF] |
|
WINKIELMAN, P. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2001). Mind at ease
puts a smile on the face : Psychophysiological evidence
that processing facilitation leads to positive affect.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 81, 989-1000.
[PDF] |
|
WINKIELMAN, P. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2003). Irrational
wanting and sub-rational liking : How rudimentary
motivational and affective processes shape preferences and
choices. Political Psychology, 24 (4), 657-680.
[PDF] |
|
WINKIELMAN, P., HALBERSTADT, J., FAZENDEIRO, T. &
CATTY, S. (2006). Prototypes are attractive because they
are easy on the mind. Psychological Science, 17,
799-806. [PDF] |
|
WINKIELMAN, P., KNUTSON, B., PAULUS, M.P. & TRUJILLO,
J.T. (2007). Affective influence on decisions : Moving
towards the core mechanisms. Review of General
Psychology, 11, 179-192. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Winkler Robin C. (-1986 Perth) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
australien, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'économie
comportementale, notamment dans l'économie de jetons.
Collaborateur de Battalio, Kagel,
Krasner, et Winett.
|
|
WINKLER, R.C. (1970). Management of chronic psychiatric
patients by a token reinforcement system. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (1), 47-55. [PDF] |
|
WINKLER, R.C. (1971). The relevance of economic theory and
technology to token reinforcement systems. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 9, 81–88. |
|
WINKLER, R.C. (1972). A theory of equilibrium in
token economies. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 79, 169-173. |
|
WINKLER, R.C. (1977). What types of sex-role behavior
should behavior modifiers promote ? Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 10, 549–552 [PDF] |
|
WINKLER, R. (1973). An experimental investigation of
economic balance, savings and amount of reinforcement in a
token economy. Behavior Therapy, 4, 22–40. |
|
|
WILSON, P.H. (1987). In Memory of Robin Winkler : His
contribution to behaviour modification in Australia. Behaviour Change, 4 (3), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Winnicott Clare (Scarborough 1906-1984) : Psychanalyste
anglaise. = Clare Britton.
Collaboratrice de Winnicott. Analysée par
Klein et Scott.
 |
WINNICOTT, C. & WINNICOTT, D.W. (1944). The problem of homeless children. The new era in home and school, 25,
155-161 |
|
WINNICOTT, C. (1947). Residential management as treatment for difficult children. Human Relations, 1 (1),
2-12. |
|
WINNICOTT, C. (1955). Casework techniques in the child
care services. Social Casework, 36 (1), 3-13. |
|
WINNICOTT, C. (1964). Communicating with children (I). Child Care Quarterly Review, 18 (3), 85-93. |
|
WINNICOTT, C. (1980). Fear of breakdown. A clinical
example. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 61,
351-357. |
|
|
ELKAN, I. (1984). Tribute to Clare Winnicott. British
Psycho-Analytical Society Bulletin 7, 12-13. |
|
MILNER, M. (1985). Obituary Clare Winnicott, O.B.E.
Winnicott Studies 1, 4. |
|
MITCHELL, J. (2006). Utiliser Winnicott pour comprendre le genre (sexe social). Figures de la Psychanalyse, 14, 119-131. |
|
|
|
|
Winnicott Donald Woods (Plymouth 1896-1971 Londres) :
Médecin, pédiatre et psychanalyste
anglais. Il a développé une théorie du développement
fondée sur la relation mère-enfant. On lui doit notamment les
concepts d'objet
transitionnel et de désillusion.
Il aurait dit : «Se cacher est un plaisir, mais ne pas être trouvé
est une catastrophe». Analysé par Rivière
et analyste de Balint.
Collaborateur de Winnicott.
 |
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1949). Hate in the counter-transference.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 30, 69-74. |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1953). Transitional objects and
transitional phenomena : A study of the first not-me
possession. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
34, 89-97 |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1957/2002). L'enfant et sa famille. Paris : Payot. |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1960). The theory of the parent-infant
relationship. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 41, 585-595. |
|
WINNICOTT, D.W. (1975/89). De la pédiatrie à la
psychanalyse. Paris : Payot. |
|
|
SUTHERLAND, D (1980). The British object relations
theorists : Balint, Winnicott, Fairbairn, Guntrip. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 28,
829-860. |
PHILLIPS, A (1988). Winnicott. London: Free
Association. |
|
EIGEN, M. (1981). The area of faith in Winnicott, Lacan
and Bion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62, 413-433. |
GOLDMAN, D. (1993). In one's bones : The clinical
genius of Winnicott. New York : Jason Aronson. |
| CLANCIER, A. & KALMANOVITCH, J. (1984). Winnicott and Paradox : From birth to creation. Paris : Peyot. |
REEVES, C. (1996). Transition and transience : Winnicott
on leaving and dying. Journal of Child Psychothersapy,
22 (3), 444-455. |
|
MODELL, A.H. (1985). The works of Winnicott and the
evolution of his thought. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association 33, 113-137. |
OGDEN, T. (2000). Reading Winnicott. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 70, 299-323. |
|
OGDEN, T. (1985). The mother, the infant and the matri :
Interpretations of aspects of the work of Donald
Winnicott. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 21, 346-371. |
VANIER, A. (2001). Some remarks on adolescence with
particular reference to Winnicott and Lacan. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 70, 579-597. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, M. (1987). the writing of D.W. Winnicott. Internaional
Review of Psychoanalysis,14, 491-502. |
ABRAM, J. (2007). Donald Woods Winnicott Donald Woods
1896-1971 : A brief introduction. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Winocur
Gordon ( ) : Neurosychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude des
amnésies et des lésions
cérébrales. Collaborateur de Bindra,
Gilboa, Nadel,
Mosccovitch, Rosenbaum,
Stuss et Weiskrantz.
|
WINOCUR, G. & MILLS, J.A. (1969). Effects of caudate
lesions on avoidance behavior in rats. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 68,
552-557. |
|
WINOCUR, G. & BINDRA, D. (1976). Effects of additional
cues on passive avoidance learning and extinction in rats
with hippocampal lesions. Physiology & Behavior,
17, 915-20. |
|
WINOCUR, G. & GILBERT, M. (1984). The hippocampus,
context, and information processing. Behavioral &
Neural Biology, 40, 27-43. |
|
WINOCUR, G.,McDONALD, R.M. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (2001).
Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in rats with large
hippocampal lesions. Hippocamous, 11, 18-26. [PDF] |
|
WINOCUR, G. SEKERES, M.J., BINNS, M.A. & MOSCOVITCH,
M. (2013). Hippocampal lesions produce both nongraded and
temporally graded retrograde amnesia in the same rat.
Hippocampus, 23, 330-241. |
|
|
|
Winograd
Terry (Takoma park États-Unis 1946-) :
Linguiste cognitiviste
américain et mathématicien,
spécialisé en cybernétique
et en intelligence
artificielle. Il est le créateur du programme SHRDLU, qui
permet de communiquer avec un robot
pour lui faire déplacer et empiler des blocs. Professeur de
Nùnez.
 |
WINOGRAD, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. Academic
Press. |
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1977). On some contested suppositions of
generative linguistics about the scientific study of
language. Cognition, 5, 151-179. |
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1980). What does it mean to understand
language ? Cognitive Science, 4 (3), 209-242. |
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1983). Language as a cognitive process
: Syntax. Addison-Wesley. |
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1990). Thinking machines : Can there be? Are
we ? In P.D. Wilks & Y. Wilks (Eds.), Foundations
of artificial intelligence : A sourcebook (pp.
167-189). Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Winokur
Stephen (1941-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du langage
et des comportements
verbaux. Étudiant de MacCorquodale.
Collaborateur de Trapold.
|
RADNER M. & WINOKUR, S. (1970). Analyses of
theories and methods of physic and psychology. Minneapolis
: University of Minnesota Press. |
|
WINOKUR, S. (1971). Skinner's theory of behavior : An
examination of B.F. Skinner's "Contingencies of
reinforcement" : A theoretical analysis. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (2),
253-259. [PDF] |
|
PATTERSON, D.D. & WINOKUR, S. (1976). Autoshaping
pigeons' keypecking with a conditioned reinforcer. Bulletin
of Psychonomic Society, 1 (4), 247-249. |
|
WINOKUR, S. (1976). A primer of verbal behavior : An
operant view. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
BOE, R. & WINOKUR, S. (1978). A procedure for studying
echoic control in verbal behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (2),
213-217. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Winsler
Adam ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du développement,
notamment du soliloque
chez l'enfant.
|
WINSLER, A. DIAZ, R.M. & MONTERO, I. (1997). The role
of private speech in the transition from collaborative to
independent task performance in young children. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 12, 59-79. [PDF] |
|
WINSLER, A., DIAZ, R.M., McCARTHY, E.M., TENCIO, D. &
ADAMS-CHABAY, L. (1999). Mother-child interaction, private
speech, and task performance in preschool children with
behavior problems. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 40, 891-904. |
|
WINSLER, A., DIAZ, R.M., ATENCIO, D., McCARTHY, E.M. &
ADAMS-CHABAY, L. (2000). Verbal self-regulation over time
in preschool children at-risk for attention and behavior
problems. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 41, 875-886.
|
|
WINSLER, A., NAGLIERI, J.A. & MANFRA, L. (2006).
Children's search strategies and accompanying verbal and
motor strategic behavior : Developmental trends and
relations with task performance among children age 5 to
17. Cognitive Development, 21, 232-248. |
|
WINSLER, A., KARKHANIS, D.G., KIM, Y.K. & LEVITT, J.
(2013). Being Black, male, and gifted in Miami :
Prevalence and predictors of placement in elementary
school gifted education programs. Urban Review, 45, 416-447. |
|
|
|
|
|
Winter
David Garret ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la personnalité
et du leadership, notamment
en politique. Collaborateur de McClelland
et John.
|
WINTER, D.G., HERMANN, M.G., WEINTRAUB, W. & WALKER,
S.G. (1991). The personalities of Bush and Gorbachev
measured at a distance : Follow-up on predictions. Political
Psychology, 12, 457-464. |
|
WINTER, D.G., JOHN, O.P., STEWART, A.J., KLOHNEN, E. &
DUNCAN, L.E. (1998). Traits and motives: Toward an
integration of two traditions in personality research.
Psychological Review, 105 (2), 230-250. |
|
WINTER, D.G. (1998). A motivational analysis of the
Clinton first term and the 1996 presidential campaign. Leadership
Quarterly, 9, 367-376. |
|
WINTER, D.G. (2001). Measuring Bush's motives. ISPP
News : International Society of Political Psychology, 12 (1), 9. |
|
WINTER, D.G. (2005). Things I've learned about personality
from studying political leaders at a distance. Journal
of Personality, 73, 557-584. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Winters
Kenneth C. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la dÉpendance
aux drogues et du
jeu compulsif. Collaborateur de Derevensky,
Gupta, Iacono,
McGue, Slutske
et Stinchfield.
|
WINTERS, K.C., STINCHFIELD, R. & FULKERSON, J. (1993).
Patterns and characteristics of adolescent gambling. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 9 (4), 371-386. |
|
WINTERS, K.C., STINCHFIELD, R., BOTZET, A. & ANDERSON,
N. (2002). Prospective study of youth gambling behaviors.
Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 16, 3-9. |
|
WINTERS, K.C. & KUSHNER, M.G. (2003). Treatment issues
pertaining to pathological gamblers with a comorbid
disorder. Journal of Gambling Studies, 19 (3),
261-277. |
|
WINTERS, K.C., STINCHFIELD, R., SLUTSKE, W.S. &
BOTZET, A. (2005). Pathways of youth problem gambling
severity. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 19, 104-107. |
|
WINTERS, K.C. & ARRIA, A. (2011). Adolescent brain
development and drugs. Prevention Researcher, 18
(2), 21-24. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wirtz
Philip W. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des
victimes.
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & HARRELL, A.V. (1987). Assaultive versus
nonassaultive victimization : A profile analysis of
psychological response. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 2, 264-277. |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & HARRELL, A.V. (1987). Victim and crime
characteristics, victimization. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 55, 866-871. |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & HARRELL, A.V. (1987). Police and victims
of physical assault. Criminal Justice & Behavior,
14, 881-910. |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & HARRELL, A.V. (1987). Effects of
postassault exposure to attack-similar stimuli on
long-term recovery of victims. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 55, 10-16. |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & ROHRBECK C.A. (2017). Efficacy for
dealing with terrorism precautionary behavior: laying the
groundwork for communication effectiveness. Journal of
Health Communication, 22 (10), 829-838. |
|
|
|
WISC
: Test
inventé en 1949 par Weschler pour
mesurer l'intelligence
des enfants de 6 ans à 16
ans et 9 mois. Moyenne du test = 100 : Ecart-Type = 15. Wechsler
Intelligence Scales for Children.
|
|
| |
KAUFMAN, A.S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the
WISC-R. New York : Wiley. |
KAUFMAN, A.S. (1994). Intelligent testing with the
WISC-III. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G. (1979). Test scatter on the WISC-R. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 12 (9), 626-628. |
WILKINSON, S. (1993). WISC-R profiles of children with
superior intellectual ability. Gifted Child Quarterly,
37, 84-91. |
|
WERSH, J. & BRIÈRE, J. (1981). WISC-R variability in
normal Canadian children and its relationship to sex, age,
and I.Q. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science,
76-80. [PDF] |
WATKINS, M.W., KUSH, J.C. & GLUTTING, J.J. (1997).
Discriminant and predictive validity of the WISC-III acid
profile among children with learning disabilities. Psychology
in the Schools, 34, 309-319. |
|
VANCE, B., HANKINS, N. & BROWN, W. (1986). The
relationship among the Test of Nonverbal Intelligence,
Ammons' Quick Test, and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children-Revised. Assessment for Effectice
Intervention, 12 (1), 47-52. |
WATKINS, M.W. & GLUTTING, J.J. (2000). Incremental
validity of WISC-III profile elevation, scatter, and shape
information for predicting reading and math achievement. Psychological
Assessment, 12, 402-408. |
| |
CHEN, H., KEITH, T.Z., CHEN Y.-H. & CHANG, B.S.
(2009). What does the WISC-IV measure? Validation of the
scoring and CHC-based interpretative approaches. Journal
of Research in Education Sciences, 54, 85-108. |
| |
SAKLOFSKE, D.H., ZHU, J., COALSON, D., RAIFORD, S. &
WEISS, L. (2010). The cognitive proficiency index for the
Canadian edition of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 25 (3),
277-286. |
| |
CHEN, H., KEITH, T.Z., WEISS, L., ZHU, J. & LI, Y.
(2010). Testing for multigroup invariance of second-order
WISC-IV structure across China, Hong Kong, Macau, and
Taiwan. Personality & Individual Differences, 49,
677-682. |
| SILVER, S. & CLAMPIT, M. (1990). WISC-R profiles of
high ability children : Interpretation of
verbal-performance discrepancies. Gifted Child
Quarterly, 34, 76-79. |
WEISS, L.G., KEITH, T.Z., ZHU, J. & CHEN, H. (2013).
WISC-IV and clinical validation of the four-and
five-factor interpretive approaches. Journal of
Psychoeducational Assessment, 31 (S), 114-131. |
|
MUELLER, H., DASH, U., MATHESON, D. & SHORT, R.
(1984). WISC-R subtest patterning of below average,
average and above average IQ children : A recta-analysis.
Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 30,
68-85. |
CAEMMERER, J.M., MADDOCKS, D.L.S., KEITH, T.Z. &
REYNOLDS, M.R. (2018). Effects of cognitive abilities on
child and youth academic achievement : Evidence from the
WISC-V and WIAT-III. Intelligence, 68, 6-20. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi WAIS et Intelligence |
|
|
|
|
Wise
Roy A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de la dépendance
et de la motivation. Il
s'intéresse notamment au
circuit de la récompense/renforcement. Étudiant de Bindra.
|
|
|
WISE, R.A. (1987). Sensorimotor modulation and the
variable action pattern (VAP) : Toward a noncircular
definition of drive and motivation. Psychobiology,
15, 7-20. |
|
WISE, R.A. (1998). Drug-activation of brain reward
pathways. Drug & Alcohol Dependence 51,
13-22. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (2002). Brain reward circuitry : Insights from
unsensed incentives. Neuron, 36, 229-240. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (2006). Role of brain dopamine in food reward
and reinforcement. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London B : Biological Sciences, 361,
1149-1158. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (2009). Roles for nigrostriatal--not just
mesocorticolimbic--dopamine in reward and addiction. Trends
in Neurosciences, 32 (10), 517-524. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wiseman
Richard ( ) : Psychologue,
parapsychologue et
magicien anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude des croyances
ésotériques et des
phénomènes paranormaux. Collaborateur de Lamont
et Watt.
|
WISEMAN, R., BELOFF J. & MORRIS, R.L. (1992). Testing
the ESP claims of SORRAT. Journal of the Society for
Psychical Research, 58 (829), 363-377. |
|
WISEMAN, R. & MORRIS, R.L. (1995). Recalling
pseudo-psychic demonstrations. British Journal of
Psychology, 86, 113-125. [PDF] |
|
WISEMAN, R. & LAMONT, P. (1996). Unravelling the rope
trick. Nature, 383, 212-213. |
|
WISEMAN, R. & GREENING, E. (2002). The mind machine :
A mass participation experiment into the possible
existence of extrasensory perception. The British
Journal of Psychology, 93, 487-499. [PDF] |
|
WISEMAN, R. & WATT, C. (2006). Belief in psychic
ability and the misattribution hypothesis : A qualitative review. British Journal of Psychology, 97,
323-338. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wispé
Lauren G. (1920-2002) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la sympathie
et de l'empathie.
|
WISPÉ, L. & DRAMBAREAN, N.C. (1953). Physiological
need, word frequency, and visual duration thresholds. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46 (1), 25-31. |
|
WISPÉ, L. (1968). Sympathy and empathy. In D.L. Sills
(Ed.), Intentional encyclopedia of the social sciences
(Vol. 15, pp. 441-447). New York : Free Press. |
|
WISPÉ, L. & KIECOLT, J. (1980). Victim attractiveness
as a function of helping and nonhelping. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 112 (1), 67-73. |
|
WISPÉ, L. (1986). The distinction between sympathy and
empathy : To call forth a concept, a word is needed.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (2),
314-321. |
|
WISPÉ, L. (1987). History of the concept of empathy. In N. Eisenberg & J. Strayer (Eds.), Empathy and its
development (pp. 17-37). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Witkin Herman A. (1916-1979) : Psychologue
américain. Il a étudié les styles
cognitifs. Il est aussi l'inventeur du Rod-and-Frame
Test et du Embedded Figures Test, des tests
psychologiques qui permettent d'évaluer les styles cognitifs.
No
96 |
WITKIN, H.A. (1942). Hypotheses' in rats : An experimental
critique. III. Summary evaluation of the hypotheses
concept. Psychological Review, 49 (6), 541-568. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., LEWIS, H.B., HERTZMAN, M., MANCHOVER, K.,
MEISSNER, P.B. & WAPNER, S. (1954). Personality
through perception. New York : Harper. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., DYK, R., FATERSON, H., GOODENOUGH, D.R.
& KARP, S. (1962/1974). Psychological
differentiation : Studies of development. New York
: Wiley/Potomac, MD : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., MOORE, C.A., GOODENOUGH, D.R. & COX,
P.W. (1977). Field dependent and field independent
cognitive styles and their educational implications. Review
of Educational Research, 47, 1-64. |
|
WITKIN, H.A. & GOODENOUGH, D.R. (1979). Cognitive
styles : essence and origins. Psychological Issues,
Monograph 51. |
|
|
MESSICK, S. (1980). Obituary : Herman A. Witkin
(1916-1979). American Psychologist, 35 (1),
99-100. |
|
|
|
|
|
Witmer Lightner (Philadelphie 1867-1959 Bryn Mawr) :
Psychologue structuraliste
américain. Aux États-Unis, il a mis sur pied la première clinique
psychologique (en 1896). Certains historiens des sciences le
considèrent comme le père de cette forme de psychologie (d'autres
considèrent qu'il s'agit plutôt de Freud).
Il a d'ailleurs popularisé le terme psychologie clinique. Il
est également l'un des membres fondateur de l'American
Psychological Association. Étudiant de Wundt.
Professeur de Viteles.
 |
WITMER, L. (1907). Clinical psychology. Psychological
Clinic, 1, 1-9. |
|
WITMER, L. (1913). Children with mental defects
distinguished from mentally defective children. Psychological
Clinic, 7, 173-181. |
|
WITMER, L. (1922). Intelligence; A definition.
Psychological Clinic, 14, 65-67. |
|
WITMER, L. (1932). Studies in maternal over-protection and
rejection. Smith College Studies in Social Work, 2, 181-187. |
|
WITMER, L., LEACH, J. & RICHMIAN, E. (1938). The
outcome of treatment of children rejected by their
mothers. Smith College Studies in Social Work, 8,
187-234. |
|
|
ROUTH, D.K. (1996). Lightner Witmer and the first 100
years of clinical psychology. American Psychologist,
51 (3), 244-247. |
|
McREYNOLDS, P. (1997). Lightner witmer : His life and
times. American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
Witt Jessica K. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la perception. Collaboratrice de Proffitt.
|
WITT, J.K., PROFFITT, D.R. & EPSTEIN, W. (2004).
Perceiving distance : A role of effort and intent. Perception,
33, 570-590. |
|
WITT, J.K., PROFFITT, D.R. & EPSTEIN, W. (2010). When
and how are spatial perceptions scaled ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 36, 1153-1160. |
|
WITT, J.K., SCHUCK, D.M. & TAYLOR, J.E.T. (2011).
Action-specific effects underwater. Perception, 40, 530-537. |
|
WITT, J.K. & SUGOVIC, M. (2012). Does ease to block a
ball affect perceived ball speed ? Examination of
alternative hypotheses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 38 (5),
1202-1210. |
|
WITT, J.K., SUGOVIC, M. & DODD, M.D. (2016).
Action-specific perception of speed is independent of
attention. Attention, Perception, &
Psychophysics, 78 (3), 880-890. |
|
|
|
Witt Paul L. ( ) : Spécialiste américain
de l'éducation et de la communication.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la
convivialité des enseignants.
Étudiant de Wheeless.
Collaborateur de Schrodt.
|
WITT, P.L. & WHEELESS, L.R. (2001). An experimental
study of teachers' verbal and nonverbal immediacy and
students' affective and cognitive learning.
Communication Education, 50, 327-342. |
|
WITT, P.L. (2003). Enhancing classroom courses with
Internet technology : Are course web sites worth the
trouble ? Community College Journal of Research &
Practice, 27, 429-438. |
|
WITT, P.L., WHEELESS, L.R. & ALLEN, M. (2004). A
meta-analytical review of the relationship between teacher
immediacy and student learning. Communication
Monographs, 71 (2), 184-207. |
|
WITT, P. & SCHRODT, P. (2006). The influence of
instructional technology use and teacher immediacy on
student affect for teacher and course. Communication
Reports, 19, 1-15. |
|
WITT, P.L. & SCHRODT, P. & TURMAN, P. (2010).
Instructor immediacy : Creating connections conducive to
classroom learning. In D.L. Fassett & J.T. Warren
(Eds.), The Sage handbook of communication and
instruction (pp. 201-219). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage. |
|
|
|
Wittenbaum Gwen M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes.
Collaboratrice de Stasser.
|
WITTENBAUM, G.M., STASSER, G. & MERRY, C.J. (1996).
Tacit coordination in anticipation of small group task
completion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
32, 32-129. |
|
WITTENBAUM, G.M. (1998). Information sampling in
decision-making groups : The impact of members' task
relevant status. Small Group Research, 29, 29-57. |
|
WITTENBAUM, G.M., HUBBELL, A.P. & ZUCKERMAN, C.
(1999). Mutual enhancement : Toward an understanding of
the collective preference for shared information.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
77-967. |
|
WITTENBAUM, G.M. & PARK, E.S. (2001). The collective
preference for shared information. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 10, 10-70. |
|
WITTENBAUM, G.M., HOLLINGSHEAD, A.B. & BOTERO, I.S.
(2004). From cooperative to motivated information sharing
in groups : Moving beyond the hidden profile paradigm. Communication
Monographs, 71 (3), 286-310. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wittenbrink Brend ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des stéréotypes.
Collaborateur de Correll,
Judd,
Krosnick et Park.
|
WITTENBRINK, B. & HENLY, J.R. (1996). Creating social
reality : Informational social influence and the content
of stereotypic beliefs. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 22, 598-610. [PDF] |
|
WITTENBRINK, B., GIST, P.L. & HILTON, J.L. (1997).
Structural properties of stereotypic knowledge and their
influences on the construal of social situations.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72,
526-543. [PDF] |
|
WITTENBRINK, B., HILTON, J.L. & GIST, P.L. (1998). In
search of similarity : Stereotypes as naive theories in
social categorization. Social Cognition, 16,
31-55. [PDF] |
|
WITTENBRINK, B., JUDD, C.M. & PARK, B. (2001).
Evaluative versus conceptual judgments in automatic
attitude activation. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 37, 244-252. [PDF] |
|
WITTENBRINK, B. (2004). Ordinary forms of prejudice. Psychological
Inquiry, 15, 306-310. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wittchen Hans-Ulrich ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'anxiété
et du trouble
anxieux. Collaborateur de Angst
et Kessler.
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., ZHAO, S., KESSLER, R.C., EATON, W.W.
(1994). DSM-III-Rg generalize anxiety disorder in the
national comorbidity survey. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 51, 355-364. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., KESSLER, R.C., PFISTER, H. & LIEB, M.
(2000). Why do people with anxiety disorders become
depressed ? A prospective-longitudinal community study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406, 14-23. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U. & HOYER, J. (2001). Generalized anxiety
disorder : a depression risk factor ? International
Jounal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 10,
52-57. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., HOYER, J. (2001). Generalized anxiety
disorder : Nature and cours. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 62 (11), 15-21. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U., JACOBI, F., REHM, J., GUSTAVSSON, A.,
SVENSSON, M., JÖNSSON, B., OLESEN, J., ALLGULANDER, C.,
ALONSO, J., FARAVELLI, C., FRATIGLIONI, L., JENNUM, P.,
LIEB, R., MAERCKER, A., VAN OS, J., PREISIG, M.,
SALVADOR-CARULLA, L., SIMON, R. & STEINHAUSEN, H.C.
(2011). The size and burden of mental disorders and other
disorders of the brain in Europe 2010. Neuropsychopharmacology, 21 (9), 655-679. |
|
|
|
Wittgenstein Ludwig (Vienne 1889-1951 Cambridge) :
Philosophe allemand et
chef de file de la philosophie
du langage.
 |
WITTGENSTEIN, L. (1953). Philosophical
investigations. New York : Macmillan. |
|
WITTGENSTEIN, L. (1961). Tractatus
logico-philosophicus. London : Routledge and Kegan
Paul. |
|
WITTGENSTEIN, L. (1965). A lecture on ethics. The
Philosophical Review, 74, 3-12. |
|
WITTGENSTEIN, L. (1969). The blue and brown books.
Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
|
WITTGENSTEIN, L. (1979). On certainty. In G.E.M. Anscombe
& G.H. Von Wright (Eds.). Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
|
|
CHIHARA, C.S. & FODOR, J.A. (1965). Operationalism and
ordinary language : A critique of Wittgenstein. American
Philosophical Quarterly, 2, 281-295. |
PEARS, D. (1986). Ludwig Wittgenstein.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
DAY, W.F. (1969). On certain similarities between the
philosophical investigations of Ludwig Wittgenstein and
the operationism of B.F. Skinner. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 489-506.
[PDF] |
LURIE, Y. (1989). Wittgenstein on culture and
civilization. Inquiry, 32, 375-397. |
|
MALCOLM, N. (1970). Wittgenstein on the nature
of mind. American Philosophical Quarterly
Monograph Series, 4, 9-29.
|
KLAGGE, J.C. (1989). Wittgenstein and neuroscience. Synthese
78, 319-343. |
|
PETTIT, P. (1972). Wittgenstein and the case for
structuralism. Journal of the British Society for
Phenomenology, 3, 46-57. |
STERN, D.G. (1995). Wittgenstein on mind and
language. Oxford University Press : Oxford, UK. |
|
PETTIT, P. (1981). Evaluative "realism" and
interpretation" In S. Holtzman and C. Leich, (Eds.),
Wittgenstein : To follow a rule (pp.2 11-245). London : Routledge and
Kegan Paul. |
BLOOR, D. (1997). Wittgenstein : Rules and
Institutions. London : Routledge. |
|
BLOOR, D. (1983). A social theory of knowledge.
London : Macmillan. |
KLAGGE, J.C. (1999). Wittgenstein on non-mediative
causality. Journal of the History of Philosophy, 37,
653-667. |
|
DEITZ, S.M. & ARRINGTON, R.L. (1984). Wittgenstein's
language games and the call to cognition. Behaviorism,
12 (2), 1-14. |
RIBES-IÑESTA, E. (2006). Human behavior as language : some
thoughts on Wittgenstein. Behavior & Philosophy,
34, 109-121. [PDF] |
|
HACKING, I. (1984). Wittgenstein rules. Social Studies
of Science, 14, 469-476. |
PRINZ, J. (2011). Wittgenstein and the neuroscience of the
self. American Philosophical Quarterly, 48,
147-160. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wittig Monique (Dannemarie 1935-2003 Tucson) :
Écrivaine, essayiste et féministe
française.
|
WITTIG, M. (1980). La pensée straight. Questions
Féministes, 7. |
|
WITTIG, M. (1980). On ne naît pas femme. Questions
Féministes, 8. |
|
WITTIG, M. (1980). The straight mind. Feminist
Issues, 1 (1), 103-111. |
|
WITTIG, M. (1998). À propos du contrat social. Dans D.
Eribon (Dir.), Les études gay et lesbiennes. (p.
57-64). Paris : Centre Georges Pompidou. |
|
WITTIG, M. (1992/2001). La pensée straight / The
straight mind and other essays. Paris :
Balland/Boston : Beacon Press. |
|
|
|
Wittig Roman M. ( ) : Primatologue
roumain, spécialisé dans l'étude des babouins.
Étudiant de Boesch.
Collaborateur de Cheney, Seyfarth,
Silk et Whiten.
|
|
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). Food competition and
linear dominance hierarchy among female chimpanzees of the
Taï National Park. International Journal of
Primatology, 24, 847-867. [PDF] |
|
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). The choice of
post-conflict interactions in wild chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Behaviour, 140, 1527-1559. [PDF] |
|
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). "Decision-making" in
conflicts of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) : an
extension of the relational model. Behavioral Ecology
& Sociobiology, 54 (5), 491-504. [PDF] |
|
WITTIG, R.M., CROCKFORD, C., SEYFARTH, R.M. & CHENEY,
D.L. (2007). Vocal support in Chacma baboons (Papio
hamadryas ursinus). Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 61, 899-909. [PDF] |
|
WITTIG, R.M., CROCKFORD, C., LEHMANN, J., WHITTEN, P.L.,
SEYFARTH, R.M. & CHENEY, D.L. (2008). Focused grooming
networks and stress alleviation in wild female baboons. Hormones
& Behavior, 54, 170-177. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wittman Blanche (1859-1913) : Patiente hypnotisée
par Charcot (1887). =
La reine des hystériques.
 |
|
|
|
GIMENEZ-ROLDAN, S. (2016). Clinical history of Blanche
Wittman and current knowledge of psychogenic non-epileptic
seizures. Neurosciences & History, 4 (4),
122-129. [PDF] |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Wittmer Joe (Montgomery 1937-2014) :
Psychologue américain
et spécialiste de l'étude des thérapies,
notamment des thérapies de groupe. =
Paul Wittmer. Collaborateur de Truax.
 |
WITTMER, J. (1969). The effects of counseling and tutoring
on the attitudes and achievement of seventh grade
underachievers. School Counselor, 4, 287-290. |
|
WITTMER, J. (1971). Cultural violence and Twentieth
Century progress. Practical Anthropology, 18 (4),
146-155. |
|
WITTMER, J. & FERINDEN, F. (1971). The effects of
group counseling on the attitude and GPA of deprived Negro
underachievers : With a profile of the counselor’s
activity. Comparative Group Studies, 2 (1), 43-52. |
|
|
|
|
ROUTH, D.K. (1996). Lightner Witmer and the first 100
years of clinical psychology. American Psychologist,
51 (3), 244-247. |
|
McREYNOLDS, P. (1997). Lightner witmer : His life and
times. American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
Wittrock Merlin C. (1931-2007) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation.
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (1974). A generative model of mathematics
learning. Journal for Research in Mathematics
Education, 5, 181-197. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. & CARTER, J. (1975). Generative
processing of hierarchically organized words. American
Journal of Psychology, 88, 489-501. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (1980). Learning and the brain. In M. C.
Wittrock (Ed.), The brain and psychology (pp.
371-403). New York : Academic |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (1990). Generative processes of
comprehension. Educational Psychologist, 24,
345-376. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (1991). Generative teaching of
comprehension. Elementary School Journal, 92, 167-182. |
|
|
|
Witts Benjamin N. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du jeu
de hasard. Collaborateur de Ghezzi.
|
WITTS, B.N. (2013). Cumulative frequencies of behavior
analytic journal publications related to human research on
gambling. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 7,
59-65. |
|
WITTS, B.N., LOUDERMILK, K. & KOSEL, D. (2014). Adult
samples suggest slot machine and casino characteristics
are possible sources for investigating the illusion of
control. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 8, 79-85. |
|
WITTS, B.N. & HARRI-DENNIS, E. (2015). Free-operant
research in the experimental analysis of human slot
machine gambling. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 9,
59-70. |
|
WITTS, B.N. (2016). Initial Selection between simulated
slot machines is allocated toward slot machines with a
preferred theme: A brief report. Analysis of Gambling
Behavior, 10 [2] [PDF] |
|
WITTS, B.N., RZESZUTEK, M.J. & DAHLBERG, K. (2016).
Reel outcomes as discriminative stimuli : A case for
reporting single subject data. Analysis of Gambling
Behavior, 10 [3]
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Wixted John T. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'oubli. Collaborateur de Bellack,
Carpenter, Cepeda,
Fantino, Mcdowell,
Pashler, Pecher,
Roediger, Squire, Zeelenberg,
Wells et Williams.
|
WIXTED, J.T. (1989). Nonhuman short-term memory : A
quantitative reanalysis of selected findings. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52, 409-426.
[PDF] |
|
WIXTED, J.T. & EBBESEN, E. (1991). On the form of
forgetting. Psychological Science, 2, 409-415. [PDF]
|
|
WIXTED, J.T. (2005). A theory about why we forget what we
once knew. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 14, 6-9. [PDF] |
|
WIXTED, J.T. (2007). Dual-process theory and
signal-detection theory of recognition memory. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 152-176. [PDF] |
|
WIXTED, J.T. & MICKES, L. (2013). On the relationship
between fMRI and theories of cognition : The arrow points
in both directions. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 8, 104-107. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| WOLF
- WOLPE - WOOD - WOODRUFF - WOODWORTH - WOOLEY/WOOLLEY
- WRANGHAM - WRIGHT
- WUNDT - WURTMAN - WY |
Wohl Michael J.A. ( ) : Psychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude du
jeu compulsif, de la perception de la chance
et du jeu de hasard.
Collaborateur de Derevensky,
Gupta,
Kim, Pychyl et
Wood.
|
WOHL, M.J.A. & ENZLE, M.E. (2002). The deployment of
personal luck : Illusory control in games of pure chance.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28,
1388-1397. |
|
WOHL, M.J.A. & ENZLE, M.E. (2003). The effects of near
wins and losses on self-perceived personal luck and
subsequent gambling behavior. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 39, 184-191. |
|
WOHL, M.J.A., CHRISTIE, K.L., MATHESON, K. & ANISMAN,
H. (2010). Animation-based education as a gambling
prevention tool : correcting erroneous cognitions and
reducing the frequency of exceeding limits among slots
players. Journal of Gambling Studies, 26, 469-486. |
|
WOHL, M.J.A., KIM, H.S. & SZTAINERT, T. (2014). From
the laboratory to the casino : Using psychological
principles to design better responsible gambling tools. Responsible
Gambling Review, 1, 16-26. |
|
WOHL, M.J.A., PARUSH, A., KIM, H.S. & WARREN, K.
(2014). Building it better : applying human computer
interactions and persuasive design principles to a
monetary limit tool improves responsible gambling. Computers
in Human Behavior, 37, 124-132. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wojciszke Bogdan ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, d'origine polonaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la morale
et de l'éthique.
|
WOJCISZKE, B., BAZINSKA, R. & JAWORSKI, M. (1998). On
the dominance of moral categories in impression formation.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 24,
1245-1257. |
|
WOJCISZKE, B. (2005). Morality and competence in person
and self-perception. European Review of Social
Psychology, 16, 155-188. [PDF] |
|
WOJCISZKE, B. & DOWHYLUK, M. (2006). Immorality of
success : When legitimization does not work. Polish
Psychological Bulletin, 37, 213-220. |
|
WOJCISZKE, B. & STRUZYNSKA-KUJALOWICZ, A. (2007).
Power influences self-esteem. Social Cognition, 25,
510-532. [PDF] |
|
WOJCISZKE, B., ABELLE, A.E. & BARYLA, W. (2009). Two
dimensions of interpersonal attitudes : Liking depends on
communion, respect depends on agency. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 973-990. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woke : Wokisme : Il ne s'agit pas d'un concept
scientifique. Le terme, qui provient de l'argot afro-américain -
awake - renvoie plutôt à une conception
du monde doublée d'une idéologie
qui met de l'avant l'importance de «s'éveiller» aux injustices
sociales de toutes sortes (sexisme,
racisme, transphobie,
grossophobie, etc) et promeut des solutions pour réduire ces
injustices, réelles ou autoproclamées, notamment des changements
importants à la structure hiérarchique
de la société ou, dans une moindre mesure, la promotion de
la culture
du bannissement et de la censure.
Les solutions du wokisme tranchent souvent , et parfois
s'opposent, avec la gauche
traditionelle et la droite
libérale et leurs idéaux,
hérités du siècle des
Lumières, comme la raison
et la science. Sur le plan
phlosophique, le wokisme est influencé par l'écologisme,
le socioconstructivisme
et le postmodernisme. L'une
des principale critique à l'endroit du wokisme concerne sa
conception du sexe - la théorie
du genre -> qui s'oppose aux connaissances de la
biologie. = gauche idéologique, gauche
morale.
|
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1990). Writing up qualitative
research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1992). Posturing in qualitative inquiry. In
M.D. Lecompte, W.L. Millroy & J. Preissle (Eds.), The
handbook of qualitative research in education.
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1994). Transforming qualitative data :
Description, analysis, and interpretation. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1995). The art of fieldwork.
Walnut Creek, CA : Altamira. |
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1973). The man in the
principal's office. New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wolf Maryanne ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la lecture, de la dyslexie
et de la littéracie. Collaboratrice
de Vellutino.
|
WOLF, M. (1984). Naming, reading, and the dyslexias. Annals
of Dyslexia, 34, 87-115. |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). Naming speed and reading : The
contribution of the cognitive neurosciences. Reading
Research Quarterly, 26, 123-141. |
|
WOLF, M. & BOWERS, P. (1999). The "double-deficit
hypothesis" for the developmental dyslexias. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 91 (3), 1-24. |
|
WOLF, M., BOWERAS, P. & BIDDLE, K. (2000).
Naming-speed processes, timing, and reading : A conceptual
review. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33,
387-407. |
|
WOLF, M. & KATZIR-COHEN, T. (2001). Reading fluency
and its intervention. Scientific Studies of Reading,
5 (3), 211-239. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wolf
Montrose Madison (Houston 1935-2004) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention
comme renforcement
social. Avec Staats, il a inventé e technique de
modification du comportement que l'on nomme le retrait
de la situation (time-out). Il est aussi le co-fondateur de
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1968).
Étudiant de Goldiamond,
Meyerson,
Michael et Staats. Collaborateur
de Allen,
Baer, Bailey,
Bijou, Birnbrauer,
Hall et Risley.
|
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R. & MEES, H. (1964).
Application of operant conditioning procedures to the
behavioural problems of an autistic child. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 305-312. |
|
WOLF, M.M., RISLEY, T.R., JOHNSTON, M., HARRIS, F. &
ALLEN, E. (1967). Application of operant conditioning
procedures to the behavior problems of an autistic child :
A follow-up and extension. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 5, 103-111. |
|
WOLF, M.M. (1978). Social validity : The case for
subjective measurement, or how applied behavior analysis
is finding its heart. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 11 (2), 203-214. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M.M., GILES, D. & HALL, R.V. (1968). Experiments
with token reinforcement in a remedial classroom. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 6, 51-64. |
|
WOLF, M.M., KIRIGIN, K.A, FIXSEN, D.L, BLASÉ, K.A. &
BRAUKMANN, C.J. (1995). The teaching family model : A case
study in data-based program development and refinement
(and dragon wrestling). Journal of Organizational
Behavior Management, 15, 11-68. |
|
|
SHERMAN, J.A. (2004). In memory of Montrose Madison Wolf.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37 (4),
555-556. [PDF] |
|
RISLEY, T.R. (2005). Montrose M. Wolf (1935-2004). Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (2), 279-287. [PDF] |
|
RISLEY, T.R. (2005). Montrose M. Wolf (1935-2004) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 61 (1), 73. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wolfe
Jeremy ( ) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude la vision
et de la recherche
visuelle.
|
WOLFE, J.M., KLEMPEN, N. & SHULMAN, E. (1999). Which
end is up ? Two representations of orientation in visual
search. Vision Research, 39 (12), 2075-2086. [PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M., BUTCHER, S.J., LEE, C. & HYLE, M. (2003).
Changing your mind : On the contributions of top-down and
bottom-up guidance in visual search for feature
singletons. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 29, 483-502. [PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M., HOROWITZ, T.S. & KENNER, N. (2005). Rare
items often missed in visual searches. Nature, 43, 5439-440.
[PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M., HOROWITZ, T.S. & MICHOD, K.O. (2007). Is
visual attention required for robust picture memory ? Vision
Research, 47, 955-964. [PDF] |
|
WOLFE, J.M. & KUZMOVA, Y. (2011). How many pixels make
a memory ? Picture memory for small pictures. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 18 (3), 469-475. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wolfe
John Bascom (1904-1988) : Psychologue
américain et pionnier de l'étude de l'économie
de jetons, notamment chez le chimpanzée
et le rat.
|
WOLFE, J.B. (1934). The effect of delayed reward upon
learning in the white rat. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 17 (1), 1-21. |
|
WOLFE, J.B. & SPRAGG, S.D.S. (1934). Some experimental
tests of "reasoning" in white rats. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 18 (3), 455-469. |
|
WOLFE, J.B. (1936). Effectiveness of token-rewards for
chimpanzees. Comparative Psychology Monographs, 12, 1-72. |
|
WOLFE, J.B. (1939). An exploratory study of food-storing
in rats. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 28, 97-108. |
|
WOLFE, J.B. & KAPLON, M. (1941). Effect of amount of
reward and consummative activity on learning in chickens.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 31,
353-361. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wolff
Ulrika ( ) : Spécialiste suédoise de
l'éducation, spécialisée
dans l'étude de la dyslexie.
 |
WOLFF, U. & LUNDBERG, I. (2002). The prevalence of
dyslexia among art students. Dyslexia, 8, 34-42. |
|
WOLFF, U. & LUNDBERG, I. (2003). A technique for group
screening of dyslexia among adults. Annals of
Dyslexia, 53, 324-339. |
|
WOLFF, U. (2009). Phonological and surface subtypes among
university students with dyslexia. International
Journal of Disability, Development & Education, 56,
73-91. |
|
WOLFF, U. (2014). Reviewed RAN as a predictor of reading
skills, and vice versa : results from a randomised reading
intervention. Annals of Dyslexia, 64 (2),
151-165. |
|
WOLFF, U. & GUSTAFSSON, J.-E. (2015). Structure of
phonological ability at age four. Intelligence, 53, 108-117. |
|
|
|
Wolfowitz
Jacob (Warsaw Russie [aujourd'hui la Pologne] 1910-1981
Tampa) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
américain, d'origine russe, spécialisé dans la statistique non-paramétrique.
Il a inventé un test qui porte son nom (Test
de Wald-Wolfowitz). Professeur de
Levene. Collaborateur de Wald.
|
WALD, A. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1940). On a test whether two
samples are from the same population. Annals of
Mathematical Statistics, 11 (2), 147-162. |
|
WALD, A. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1951). Two methods of
randomization in statistics and the theory of games. The
Annals of Mathematics, 53 (3), 581-586. |
|
WEISS, L. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1967). Maximum probability
estimators. Annals of the Institute of Statistical
Mathematics, 19 (2), 193-206. |
|
WOLFOWITZ, J. (1975). Signaling over a Gaussian channel
with feedback and autoregressive noise. Journal of
Applied Probability, 12 (4), 713-723. |
|
WOLFOWITZ, J. (1978). Coding theorems of information
theory. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
Wolpe
Joseph (Johannesburg 1915-1997 Los angeles) :
Psychiatre clinicien
anglais et figure de proue de la perspective
béhavioriste. Il a développé le concept d'inhibition
réciproque. Certains historiens
des sciences le considèrent comme le père de la thérapie
béhaviorale. (Thérapie
par désensibilisation systématique). Collaborateur de Lazarus,
McNally et Rachman.
No
53 |
WOLPE, J. (1952). Experimental neuroses as learned
behavior. British Journal of Psychology, 43,
243-268. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1954). Reciprocal inhibition as the main basis
of psychotherapeutic effects. Archives of Neurology
& Psychiatry, 72, 205-226. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1963). Quantitative relationships in the
systematic desensitization of phobia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 1062-1063. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1968). Psychotherapy by reciprocal inhibition.
Conditional Reflex, 3 (4), 234-240. |
|
WOLPE, J. & ROWAN, V.C. (1988). Panic disorder : A
product of classical conditioning. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 26, 441-450. |
|
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1971). Is «behavior therapy» «behavioristic ?
An analysis of Wolpe's psychotherapeutic methods. Psychological
Bulletin, 76 (5), 318-327. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (2000). Joseph Wolpe (1915-1997) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 55 (4), 431-432. |
|
|
|
Wolraich
Mark L. ( ) : Médecin
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
trouble d'attention avec ou sans
hyperactivité. Collaborateur de Bickman
et Milich.
|
WOLRAICH, M.L. (1977). Stimulant drug therapy in
hyper-active children : Research and clinical
implications. Pediatrics, 60, 512-518. |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., WILSON, D.B & WHITE, J.W. (1995). The
effect of sugar on behavior or cognition in children. A
meta-analysis. Journal of Americain Medical
Association, 274 (20), 1617-1621. |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., FEURER, I.D., BAUMGAERTEL, A. &
PINNOCK, T.Y. (1998). Obtaining systematic teacher reports
of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26 (2),
141-152. |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., LAMBERT, E., DOFFING, M.A., BICKMAN, L.,
SIMMONS, T. & WORLEY, K. (2003). Psychometric
properties of the Vanderbilt ADHD diagnostic Parent Rating
Scale in a referred population. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 28 (8), 559-568. [PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L. (2006). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder : Can It be recognized and treated in children
younger than 5 years ? Infants & Young Children,
19 (2), 86-93. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Women
& Performance : A Journal of Feminist Theory : Revue
scientifique et féministe
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des femmes. Éditeur : Routledge.
ELLIS, E.M., ALHOUN, K.S. & ATKENSON, B.M. (1980).
Sexual dysfunction in victims of rape. Women &
Health, 5, 39-47.
|
| |
|
|
Women
& Therapy : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude des femmes et des thérapies
qui leur sont offertes. Éditeur : Hayworth Press.
GILROY, P.J. & CARROLL, L. (2009). Woman to woman
sexual violence. Women & Therapy, 32,
423-435. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Women's
Studies Quarterly : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude des femmes. Éditeur
:The Feminist Press at the City University of New York. =
Women's Studies Newletter.
ROSE, S.M. & SORK, V. (1984). Teaching female
sexuality : Putting women on top. Women's Studies
Quarterly, 12 (4), 19-22.
|
| |
|
|
Wong
Alfred S.H. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel chinois.
Collaborateur de Chen et Tjosvold.
|
WONG, A.S.H., TJOSVOLD, D. & YU, Z.Y. (2005).
Organizational partnerships in China : self-interest, goal
interdependence, and opportunism. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 90 (4), 782-791. |
|
WONG, A.S.H. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2009). Innovation by
teams in Shanghai, China : cooperative goals for group
confidence and persistence. British Journal of
Management, 20 (2), 238-251. |
|
WONG, A.S.H. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2010). Guanxi and
conflict management for effective partnering with
competitors in China. British Journal of Management,
21 (3), 772-788. |
|
WONG, A.S.H., SNELL, R. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2015). Social
responsibility and reflexivity for cooperative goals with
government units in China. Asia Pacific Journal of
Human Resources, 54 (2), 258-284. |
|
WONG, A.S.H., ORNISTON, M.E. & TETLOCK, P.E. (2011).
The effects of top management team integrative complexity
and decentralized decision making on corporate social
performance. Academy of Management Journal, 54,
1207-1228. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wood
Joanne V. ( ) :
Psychosociologue canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
comparaison sociale et
de l'estime de soi. Collaboratrice
de Ross et Zanna.
|
WOOD, J.V. (1989). Theory and research concerning social
comparisons of personal attributes. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 231-248. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, J.V. (1996). What is social comparison and how
should we study it ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 22, 520-537. |
|
WOOD, J.V., MICHELA, J.L. & GIORDANO, C. (2000).
Downward comparison in everyday life : Reconciling
self-enhancement models with the mood-cognition priming
model. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
79, 563-579. |
|
WOOD, J.V., HEIMPEL, S.A., NEWBY-CLARK, I. & ROSS, M.
(2005). Snatching defeat from the jaws of victory :
Self-esteem differences in the experience and anticipation
of success. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 89, 764-780. |
|
WOOD, J.V., PERUNOVIC, W.Q.E. & LEE, J. (2009).
Positive thinking : Power for some, peril for others. Psychological
Science, 20, 860-866. |
|
|
|
Wood
Justin N. ( ) :
Neuropsychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire
visuelle. Collaborateur de
Hauser et Spelke.
|
WOOD, J.N. & SPELKE, E.S. (2005). Infants' enumeration
of actions : Numerical discrimination and its signature
limits. Developmental Science, 8 (2), 173-181. |
|
WOOD, J.N. (2007). Visual working memory for observed
actions. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 136 (4), 639-652. |
|
WOOD, J.N. & HAUSER, M.D. (2008). Action comprehension
in nonhuman primates : Motor simulation or inferential
reasoning ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 12
(12), 461-465. |
|
WOOD, J.N. (2010). Visual working memory retains movement
information using an allocentric reference frame. Visual
Cognition, 10, 1464-1485. |
|
WOOD, J.N. (2011). A core knowledge architecture of visual
working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 37 (2),
357-381. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wood
Michael J. ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais spécialisé dans l'étude des théories
du complot. Étudiant de
Douglas.
|
WOOD, M.J., DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2012). Dead
and alive : beliefs in contradictory conspiracy theories.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3,
767-773. |
|
WOOD, M.J. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2013). "What about
building 7 ?" A social psychological study of online
discussion of 9/11 conspiracy theories. Frontiers in
Psychology, 4, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, M.J. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2015). Online
communication as a window to conspiracist worldviews. Frontiers
in Psychology, 6, 836. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, M.J. (2016). Some dare call it conspiracy : Labeling
something a conspiracy theory does not reduce belief in
it. Political Psychology, 37 (5), 695-705. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, M.J. (2019). The age of conspiracy theory and the
promise of apocalypse. Poltical Psychology, 40
(4), 911-914. |
|
|
|
Wood
Richard T.A. ( ) : Psychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude du jeu
de hasard. Collaborateur de Derevensky,
Griffiths, Gupta
et Wohl.
|
WOOD, R.T.A., GUPTA, R., DEREVENSKY, J.L. & GRIFFITHS,
M. (2004). Video game playing and gambling in adolescents
: Common risk factors. Journal of Child &
Adolescent Substance Abuse, 14 (1), 77-100. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, R.T.A. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2007). A qualitative
investigation of problem gambling as an escape-based
coping strategy. Psychology & Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research & Practice, 80, 107-125. |
|
WOOD, R.T.A. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Why Swedish
people play online poker and factors that can increase or
decrease trust in poker websites : A qualitative
investigation. Journal of Gambling Issues, 21 (21),
80-97. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, R.T.A. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2015). Understanding
positive play : An exploration of playing experiences and
responsible gambling practices. Journal of Gambling
Studies, 31 (4), 1715-1734. |
|
WOOD, R.T.A., WOHL, M.J., TABRI N. & PHILANDER, K.
(2017). Measuring responsible gambling amongst players :
Development of the Positive Play Scale. Frontiers in
Psycholology, 8 [227], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wood
Robert T. ( ) : Sociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du jeu
de hasard, notamment sur
Internet. Collaborateur de Williams.
|
WOOD, R.T. & WILLIAMS, R.J. (2007). Internet gambling
: Past, present, and future. In G. Smith, D. Hodgins &
R. Williams (Eds.), Research and measurement issues in
gambling studies (pp. 491-514). Toronto : Elsevier
Publishing. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, R.T. & WILLIAMS, R.J. & LAWTON, P. (2007).
Why do Internet gamblers prefer online versus land-based
venues ? Journal of Gambling Issues, 20, 235-250. |
|
WOOD, R.T. & WILLIAMS, R.J. (2007). How much money do
you spend on gambling ? The comparative validity of
question wordings used to assess gambling expenditure. International
Journal of Social Research Methodology, 10 (1),
63-77. |
|
WOOD, R.T. & WILLIAMS, R.J. (2009). Internet
gambling : Prevalence, patterns, problems, and policy
options. Report prepared for the Ontario Problem
Gambling Research Centre, Guelph, Ontario, Canada. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, R.T. & WILLIAMS, R.J. (2011). A comparative
profile of the Internet gambler : demographic
characteristics, game play patterns, motivations, and
problem gambling status. New Media & Society, 13
(7), 1123-1141. |
|
|
|
Wood
Wendy (Amersham 1954-) : Psychosociologue
américaine d'origine britannique, spécialisée dans l'étude du genre,
des attitudes des habitudes
et des différences
sexuelles. Collaboratrice de Chaiken,
Eagly et Kashy.
 |
WOOD, W., CHRISTENSEN, P.N., HEBL, M.R. & ROTHGERGER,
H. (1997). Sex-typed norms, affect, and the self. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
523-535. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. (2000). Attitude change : Persuasion and social
influence. Annual Review of Psychology, 51,
539-570. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. & EAGLY, A.H. (2002). A cross-cultural
analysis of the behavior of women and men : Implications
for the origin of sex differences. Psychological
Bulletin, 128 (5), 699-727. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. & NEAL, D.T. (2007). A new look at habits and
the habit-goal interface. Psychological Review, 114
(4), 843-863. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, W. & HAYES, T. (2012). Social influence on
consumer decisions. Journal of Consumer Psychology,
22, 324-328. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woodcock
Richard ( ) : Psycholométricien
américain et inventeur des tests
de Woodcock-Johnson (intelligence, littéracie) et Woodcock
(littéracie). Collaborateur de McGrew.
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. (1973). Woodcock Reading Mastery
Tests. Circle Pines, MN : American Guidance
Service. |
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. & JOHNSON, M. (1977).
Woodcock-Johnson Psychological Battery. Allen, TX :
DLM Teaching Resources. |
|
WOODCOCK, R.N., McGREW, K. & WERDER, J. (1994). Woodcock-McGrew-Werder
Mini-Battery of Achievement (MBA). Chicago, IL.
Riverside. |
|
|
|
|
ALLINGTON, RL. (1976). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Reading, 20, 162-163. |
|
BANNATYNE, A. (1974). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7, 398-9. |
|
|
|
|
|
Woodley
Michael A. ( ) : Psychométricien
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence,
notamment de l'effet Flynn.
= Woodley of Menie. Collaborateur de Te
Nijenhuis.
|
WOODLEY, M.A. (2011). The cognitive
differentiation-integration effort hypothesis : A
synthesis between the fitness indicator and life history
models of human intelligence. Review of General
Psychology, 15 (3), 228-245. [PDF] |
|
WOODLEY, M.A. (2012). The social and scientific temporal
correlates of genotypic intelligence and the Flynn effect.
Intelligence, 40 (2), 189-204. [PDF] |
|
WOODLEY, M.A., TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2013).
Were the Victorians cleverer than us ? The decline in
general intelligence estimated from a meta-analysis of the
slowing of simple reaction time. Intelligence, 41
(6), 843-850. [PDF] |
|
WOODLEY, M.A., TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2014).
Is there a dysgenic secular trend to- wards slowing simple
reaction time ? Responding to a quartet of critical
commentaries. Intelligence, 46, 131-147. |
|
WOODLEY, M.A. & FERNANDES, H. (2016). Showing their
true colors : Secular declines and a Jensen Effect on
color acuity - More evidence for the weaker variant of
Spearman's other hypothesis. Personality &
Individual Differences, 88, 280-284. |
|
|
|
|
|
Woodruff-Pak
Diana S. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du conditonnement
répondant, notamment chez le
lapin. Elle s'intéresse à l'effet des drogues
et du vieillisement
sur l'apprentissage.
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (1988). Aging and classical
conditioning : Parallel studies in rabbits and humans. Neurobiology
of Aging, 9, 511-522. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1988). Classical
conditioning of the eyeblink response in the delay
paradigm in adults aged 18-83 years. Psychology &
Aging, 3, 219-229. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (1995). Evaluation of
cognition-enhancing drugs : Utility of the model system of
eyeblink classical conditioning. CNS Drug Reviews, 1,
107-128. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (1999). New directions for a classical
paradigm : Eyeblink conditioning. Psychological
Science, 10, 1-3. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2001). Eyeblink classical conditioning
differentiates normal aging from Alzheimer's disease. Integrative
Physiological & Behavioral Science, 36, 87-108. |
|
|
|
Woods
David L. ( ) : Neurocogniviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire.
|
WOODS, D.L., KISHIYAMA, M.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J.,
EDWARDS B., POLIVA, O., HINK, R.F. & REED, B. (2011).
Improving digit span assessment of short-term verbal
memory. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 33 (1), 101-111. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.L., KISHIYAMA, M.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J.,
HINK, R.F. & REED, B. (2011). Computerized analysis of
error patterns in digit span recall. Journal of
Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology, 33
721-734 |
|
WOODS, D.L., KISHIYAMA, M.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J.
& REED, B. (2015). Factors influencing the latency of
simple reaction time. Frontiers of Human
Neuroscience, 9 [131], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.L., WYMA, J.M., HERRON, T. & YUND, E.W.
(2015). The effects of aging, malingering, and traumatic
brain injury on computerized trail-making test
performance. PLOS One, 10 [6], 1-30. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.L., WYMA, J.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J. &
REED, B. (2015). Age-related slowing of response selection
and production in a visual choice reaction time task.
Frontiers of Human Neuroscience, 9 [193], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woods
Douglas W. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du syndrome
de Gilles de la Tourette, des
tics, du bégaiement
et de la trichotillomanie.
Étudiant de Miltenberger.
Professeur de Himle. Collaborateur
de Conelea, Flessner,
Franklin, Friman,
Himle, Keuthen,
Khanna, Rothbaum
et Twohig.
 |
WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERGER, R.G. & LUMLEY, V.A. (1996).
Sequential application of major habit reversal components
to treat motor tics in children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 29 (4), 483-493. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., TWOHIG, M.P., FLESSNER, C.A. & ROLOFF,
T.J. (2003). Treatment of vocal tics in children with
Tourette syndrome : investigating the efficacy of habit
reversal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(1), 109-112. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W. & HIMLE, M.B. (2004). Creating tic
suppression : comparing the effects of verbal instruction
to differential reinforcement. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 417-420. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., FLESSNER, C.A., FRANKLIN, M.E., KEUTHEN,
N.J., GOODWIN, R.D., STEIN, D.J. & WALTHER, M.R.
(2006). The Trichotillomania Impact Project (TIP) :
Exploring phenomenology, functional impairment, and
treatment utilization. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 67 (12), 1877-1888.
[PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., FLESSNER, C.A., FRANKLIN, M.E., WETTERNECK,
C.T., WALTHER, M.R., ANDERSON, E.R. & CARDONA, D.
(2006). Understanding and treating trichotillomania : What
we know and what we don't know. Psychiatric Clinics
of North America, 29, 487-501. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woods
James H. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en pharmacologie
béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude des
benzodiazépines. Collaborateur de Hursh,
Katz et Schuster.
|
WOODS, J.H. & DOWNS, D.A. (1974). Codeine- and
cocaine-reinforced responding in rhesus monkeys : Effects
of dose on response rates under a fixed-ratio schedule.
Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics,
191, 179-188. |
|
WOODS, J.H., KATZ, J.L. & WINGER. G. (1987). Abuse
liability of benzodiazepines. Pharmacological
Reviews, 39 (4), 251-413. |
|
WOODS, J.H., KATZ, J.L. & WINGER. G. (1992).
Benzodiazepines : use, abuse, and consequences. Pharmacological
Reviews, 44 (2), 151-347. |
|
WOODS, J.H., KATZ, J.L. & WINGER. G (2002). Observing
responses maintained by stimuli associated with cocaine or
remifentanil reinforcement in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacology,
163 (3-4), 345-351. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, J.H. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (2009). Reinforcement
properties of morphine, cocaine, and SPA as a function of
unit dose. International Journal of the Addictions, 3,
231-237. |
|
|
|
Woods
Steven Paul ( ) : Neurosychologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment aux effets psychologiques du
VIH.
|
WOODS, S.P. RIPPETH, J.D., FROL, A.B., LEVY, J.K., RYAN,
E., SOUKUP, V.M., HINKIN, C.H., LAZZARETTO, D., CHERNER,
M., MARCOTTE, T.D., GELMAN, B.B., MORGELLO, S., SINGER,
E.J., GRANT, I. & HEATON, R.K. (2004). Interrater
reliability of clinical ratings and neurocognitive
diagnoses in HIV. Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 26 (6), 759-778. |
|
WOODS, S.P., IUDICELLO, J.E., MORAN, L.M., CAREY, C.L.
DAWSON, M.S., GRANT, I. & HIV NEUROBEHAVIORAL RESEARCH
PROGRAMS (HNRP) GROUP (2008). HIV-associated prospective
memory impairment increases. Neuropsychology, 22
(1), 110-117. [PDF] |
|
WOODS S.P., MORAN, L.M., CAREY, C.L., DAWSON, M.S.,
IUDICELLO, J.E., GIBSON, S., GRANT, I., ATKINSON, J.H.
& HIV NEUROBEHAVIORAL RESEARCH PROGRAMS (HNRP) GROUP
(2008). Prospective memory in HIV infection : Is
"remembering to remember" a unique predictor of
self-reported medication management ? Archives of
Clinical Neuropsychology, 23 (3), 257-270. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, S.P., DAWSON, M.S., WEBER, E., GIBSON, S., GRANT,
I., ATKINSON, J.H. & HIV NEUROBEHAVIORAL RESEARCH
PROGRAMS (HNRP) GROUP (2009). Timing is everything :
antiretroviral non-adherence is associated with impairment
in time-based prospective memory. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 15 (1),
42-52. |
|
WOODS, S.P., WEBER, E., WEISZ, B.M., TWAMLEY, E.W. &
GRANT, I. (2011). Prospective memory deficits are
associated with unemployment in persons living with HIV
infection. Rehabilitation Psychology, 56 (1),
77-84. |
|
|
|
Woodward
Todd S. ( ) : Neurosychologue
canadien et spécialiste de la schizophrénie.
Collaborateur de Moritz.
|
WOODWARD, T.S., RUFF, C.C., THORNTON, A.E., MORITZ, S.
& LIDDLE, P.F. (2003). Methodological considerations
regarding the association of Stroop and verbal fluency
performance with the symptoms of schizophrenia.
Schizophrenia Research, 61, 207-214. [PDF] |
|
WOODWARD, T.S., MENON, M. & WHITMAN, J.C. (2007).
Source monitoring biases and auditory hallucinations.
Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 477-494. |
|
WOODWARD, T.S., WHITMAN, J.C., MENON, M. & KLINGE, R.
(2007). Source monitoring biases and auditory
hallucinations. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12
(6), 477-494. |
|
WOODWARD, T.S., MIZRAHI, R., MENON, M. & CHRISTENSEN,
B.K. (2009). Correspondences between theory of mind,
jumping to conclusions, neuropsychological measures and
the symptoms of schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research,
170, 119-123. |
|
WOODWARD, T.S. & MENON, M. (2011). Considerations for
analysis of source monitoring data when investigating
hallucinations in schizophrenia research. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 261
(3), 157-164. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woodworth
Robert Sessions (Chilicothe 1869-1962) : Psychologue
fonctionnaliste et
historien
américain. Il a développé le tout premier test pour
mesurer la personnalité (Woodworth personal data
sheet/Woodworth Psychoneurotic Inventory). Président de
l'APA en 1914. Étudiant de Cattell
et Sherrington.
Professeur de Dashiell, Jones,
Kellogg, Klineberg
et Murphy.
Collaborateur de Ladd, Marquis,
Schlosberg et
Thorndike.
No
88 |
WOODWORTH, R.S. (1910). Racial differences in mental
traits. Science, 31 (788), 171-186. |
|
WOODWORTH, R.S. (1918). Dynamic psychology. New
York : Columbia University Press. |
|
WOODWORTH, R.S. (1924). Four varieties of behaviorism. Psychological
Review, 31, 257-264. |
|
WOODWORTH, R.S. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1949). Psychology
: a study of mental life. London : Methuen. |
|
WOODWORTH, R.S. & SCHLOSBERG, H. (1950). Experimental
psychology. London : Methuen. |
|
|
GARRETT, H.E. & SCHNECK, M.R. (1928). A study of the
discriminative value of the Woodworth Personal Data Sheet.
The Journal of General Psychology, 1 (3-4),
459-471. |
|
PAPURT, M.J. (1930). A study of the Woodworth
Psychoneurotic Inventory with suggested revision. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 25
(3), 335. |
|
PESCOR, M.J. (1934). The Woodworth Personal Data Sheet as
applied to delinquents. Public Health Reports, 49
(38), 1111-1115. |
|
|
|
|
|
Woody
Erik Z. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de
l'hypnose. Collaborateur de
Nash.
|
WOODY, E.Z. & FARVOLDEN, M P. (1998). Dissociation in
hypnosis and frontal executive function. American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 40, 206-215. |
|
WOODY, E.Z. & SZECHTMAN, H. (2000). Hypnotic
hallucinations : towards a biology of epistemology.
Contemporary Hypnosis, 17 (1), 4-14, |
|
WOODY, E.Z., BARNIER, A.J. & McCONKEY, K.M. (2005).
Multiple hypnotizabilities : differentiating the building
blocks of hypnotic response. Psychological
Assessment, 17, 200-211. |
|
WOODY, E.Z. & SADLER, P. (2005). Structural equation
models for interchangeable dyads : Being the same makes a
difference. Psychological Methods, 10, 139-158. |
|
WOODY, E.Z. & SZECHTMAN, H. (2011). Adaptation to
potential threat : The evolution, neurobiology, and
psychopathology of the security motivation system. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 1019-1033. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Woody
Robert H. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de la thérapie
béhavioriste.
|
WOODY, R.H. (1966). Behavior therapy and school
psychology. Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 1-14. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1968). Toward a rationale for
psychobehavioral therapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 19 (2), 197-204. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1968). Diagnostic implications of the
electroencephalogram for behavior problem children : A
critical view. Journal of School Psychology, 6,
I (4), 292-295. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1999). Domestic violations of
confidentiality. Professional Psychology : Research
& Practice, 30, 607-610. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (2004). Modern family interventions.
American Journal of Family Therapy, 32 (4),
353-357. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wooley
Orland W. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de
l'obésité. Collaborateur de Wooley.
|
WOOLEY, O.W. (1971). Long-term food regulation in the
obese amd non-obese. Psychosomatic Medicine, 33 (5),
436-444. |
|
WOOLEY, O.W.,
WOOLEY, S.C. & DUNHAM, R.B. (1972). Can calories be
perceived and do they affect hunger in obese and nonobese
humans ? Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 80 (2). 250-258. |
|
WOOLEY, O.W.,
WOOLEY, S.C. & WOODS, W. (1975). Effect of calories on
appetite for palatable food in obese and nonobese humans.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
89, 619-625. |
|
WOOLEY, O.W.,
WOOLEY, S.C. & DUNHAM, R.B. (1976). Deprivation,
expectation and threat : Efects on salivation in the obese
and non-obese. Physiology in Behavior Therapy, 17
(2), 187-193. |
|
WOOLEY, O.W.,
WOOLEY, S.C. & WILLIAMS, B.S. (1978). Restraint of
appetite and sensitivity to calories. In G.A. Bray (Ed.),
Recent advances in obesity research. London :
Newman, Ltd. |
|
|
|
Wooley
Susan C. ( ) : Psychologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des
troubles alimentaires, notamment
l'obésité. Collaboratrice de Wooley.
|
WOOLEY, S.C. (1972). Physiologic versus cognitive factors
in short term food regulation in the obese and nonobese.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 34 (1), 62-68. |
|
WOOLEY, S.C. & WOOLEY, O.W. (1979). Obesity and
women-I. A closer look at the facts . Author links open
the author workspace. Women's Studies International
Quarterly, 2 (1), 69-79. |
|
WOOLEY, S.C. & WOOLEY, O.W. (1979). Obesity and
women-II. A neglected feminist topic. Women's Studies
International Quarterly, 2 (1), 81-92. |
|
WOOLEY, S.C., WOOLEY, O.W. & DYRENFORTH, S.R. (1979).
Theoretical, practical, and social issues in behavioral
treatments of obesity. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 12 (1), 3-25. [PDF] |
|
WOOLEY, S.C. & GARNER, D.M. (1991). Obesity treatment
: the high cost of false hope. Journal of American
Diet Association, 91 (10), 1248-1251.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Woolgar
Steve (1950-) : Sociologue
des sciences anglais. Collaborateur de Latour.
|
LATOUR, B. & WOOLGAR, S. (1979/88). Laboratory
life : the construction of scientific facts / La Vie de
laboratoire : la production des faits scientifiques.
Beverly Hills : Sage Publications/Paris : La Découverte. |
|
WOOLGAR, S. (1988). Science : the very idea.
Routledge. |
|
FULLER, S., SHINN, T., DE MEY, M. & WOOLGAR, S. (Eds.)
(1989). The cognitive turn : sociological and
psychological perspectives on science. Kluwer. |
|
LYNCH, M. & WOOLGAR, S. (Eds.) (1990). Representation
in scientific practice. MIT. |
|
WOOLGAR, S. (2002). Virtual society ? Technology,
cyberbole, reality. Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Woolley
Helen Bradford Thompson (1874-1947) :
Psychologue avant la
lettre, médecin et
philosophe américaine. Elle s'est intéressée notamment aux différences
sexuelles et au développement
des enfants. L'une des
premières psychologues à s'intéresser aux variables
parasites propres.
 |
WOOLLEY, H.B.T. (1903). Psychological norms in men and
women. Madison : Université of Wisconsin. |
|
WOOLLEY, H.B.T. (1909). Some experiments on color
perceptions in an infant and their interpretation. Psychological
Review, 16 (6), 363-376. |
|
WOOLLEY, H.B.T. (1914). The psychology of sex. Psychological
Bulletin, 11 (10), 353-379. |
|
WOOLLEY, H.B.T. (1926). Enuresis as a psychological
problem. Mental Hygiene, 10 (1), 38-53. |
|
WOOLLEY, H.B.T. (1926). An experimental study of
children. New York : The Macmillan Company. |
|
|
MILAR, K.S. (1999). A coarse and clumsy tool : Helen
Thompson Woolley and the Cincinnati Vocation Bureau. History
of Psychology, 2, 219-235. |
|
MORSE, J.F. (2002). Ignored but not forgotten : The work
of Helen Bradford Thompson Woolley. Feminist
Formations, 1 (2), 121-147.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Woolverton
William L. (Birmingham 1950-2013 Rigdeland) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en pharmacologie
béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude des effets
renforcements des drogues, comme la
cocaïne. Collaborateur de Green,
Johanson et
Meyerson.
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & BALSTER, R.L. (1982). Behavioral
pharmacology of local anesthetics : reinforcing and
discriminative stimulus effects. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, 491-500. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & JOHANSON, C.E. (1984). Preference
in rhesus monkeys given a choice between cocaine and d,1-
cathinone. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 41 (1), 35-43. [PDF] |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & KLEVEN, M.S. (1988). Evidence for
cocaine dependence in monkeys following a prolonged period
of exposure. Psychopharmacology, 94, 288-291. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L., MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (2007).
Delay discounting of cocaine by rhesus monkeys. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 238-244. [PDF] |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L., FREEMAN, K.B., MYERSON, J. & GREEN,
L. (2012). Suppression of cocaine self-administration in
monkeys : effects of delayed punishment.
Psychopharmacology, 220 (3), 509-517. [PDF] |
|
|
BALSTER, R., NADER, M. & FREEMAN, K.B. (2013).
Obituary : William L. Woolverton. Psychopharmacology,
229 (2), 379-381. |
|
ROWLETT, J.K. & JOHANSON, C.-E. (2013). William L.
Woolverton. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 133,
(1), 291-293. [PDF] |
|
NADER, M.A., BALSTER, R.L. & HENNINGFIELD, J.E.
(2014). William L. Woolverton : A case history in
unraveling the behavioral pharmacology of stimulants. Neuropharmacology,
1-11. [PDF] |
|
BALSTER, R. (2014). In Memoriam : William L Woolverton. Neuropsychopharmacology,
39, 3136. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Worchel
Stephen (1946-) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes,
des
relations entre les groupes etr de la coopération.
|
WORCHEL, S., LIND, E.A. & KAUFMAN, K. H. (1975).
Evaluations of group products as a function of
expectations of group longevity, outcome of competition,
and publicity of evaluations. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31 (6), 1089-1097. |
|
WORCHEL, S., ANDREOLI, V.V. & FOLGER, R. (1977).
Intergroup cooperation and intergroup attraction : The
effect of previous interaction and outcome of combined
effort. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13
(2), 131-140. [PDF] |
|
WORCHEL, S., AXSOM, D., FERRIS, F., SAMAHA. G. &
SCHWEIZER, S.(1978). Determinants of the effect of
intergroup cooperation on intergroup attraction. The
Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22 (3), 429-443. |
|
WORCHEL, S. & NORVELL, N. (1980). Effect of perceived
environmental conditions during cooperation on intergroup
attraction. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 38 (5), 764-772. |
|
WORCHEL, S., ROTHERBER, H., DAY, E.A., HART, D. &
BITEMEYER, J. (2011). Social identity and individual
productivity within groups. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 37 (4), 389-413. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worell
Judith (1928-) : Psychologue
et féministe américaine.
Collaboratrice de Johnson
et Kimmel.
|
WORELL, J. (1978). Sex roles and psychological well-being
: Perspectives on methodology. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 46, 777-791. |
|
WORELL, J. (1996). Opening doors to feminist research.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20, 469-484. |
|
WORELL, J. (2000). Feminism in psychology : Revolution or
evolution ? The American Academy of Political &
Social Science, 571, 183-196.
[PDF] |
|
WORELL, J. & JOHNSON, D.M. (2001). Feminist approaches
to psychotherapy. In J. Worell (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
women and gender (pp. 425-437). New York : Academic
Press. |
|
WORELL, J. (2006). The third voice : Writing case notes. Feminism
& Psychology, 16, 460-463. |
|
|
|
Work
: A Journal of Prevention, Assessment, & Rehabilitation :
Revue scientifique
multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude du monde du travail,
et surtout au rôle de la prévention
et de la réadaptation.
Éditeur : IOS Press.
HENNESSEY, M. & McREYNOLDS, C.J. (2001). Borderline
personality disorder : Psychosocial considerations and
rehabilitation implications. Work : A Journal of
Prevention, Assessment, & Rehabilitation, 17
(2), 97-103.
|
| |
|
|
MAUME, D.J. (2004). Is the glass ceiling a unique form of
inequality ? Work & Occupations, 31 (2),
250-274.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
World Journal of Clinical Cases : Revue
scientifique.
OTU, M.S. & SEFOTHO, M.M. (2024). Use of
cognitive-behavioral career coaching to reduce work
anxiety and depression in public employees. World
Journal of Clinical Cases, 12 (2), 322-334. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Workman
Jane E. ( ) : Spécialiste américaine
de l'étude de
l'habillement.
|
WORKMAN, J.E. (1988). Trait inferences based on perceived
ownership of designer, brand name, or store brand jeans. Clothing
& Textiles Research Journal, 6 (2), 23-29. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E., JOHNSON, K.K. & HADELER, B. (1993). The
influence of clothing on students' interpretative and
extended inferences about a teaching assistant.
College Student Journal, 27 (1), 119-128. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E. & JOHNSON, K.K.P. (1991). The role of
cosmetics in impression formation. Clothing and
Textiles Research Journal, 10 (1), 63-67. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E. & FRREBURG, E.W. (1999). An examination
of date rape, victim dress, and perceiver variables within
the context of attribution theory. Sex Roles, 41,
261-278. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E. & CHO, S. (2012). Gender, fashion
consumer groups, and shopping orientation. Family
& Consumer Sciences, 40 (3), 267-283. |
|
|
|
Worrell
Frank C. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'adolescence.
Président de l'APA en
2022. Collaborateur de Cross
et Mello.
|
WORRELL, F.C., LATTO, I.K. & PERLINSKI, M.A. (1999).
The relationship of risk status to self-esteem and
perceived life chances. The Journal of At-Risk
Issues, 5 (2), 33-38. |
|
WORRELL, F.C. & HALE, R.L. (2001). The relationship of
hope in the future and perceived school climate to school
completion. School Psychology Quarterly, 16 (4),
370-388. |
|
WORRELL, F.C. & MELLO, Z.R. (2007). Reliability and
validity of Zimbardo Time Perspective Inventory scores in
academically talented adolescents. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 67, 487-504. [PDF] |
|
WORRELL, F.C., MELLO, Z.R. & BUHL, M. (2013).
Introducing English and German versions of the Adolescent
Time Attitude Scale (ATAS). Assessment, 20 (4),
496-510. [PDF] |
|
WORRELL, F.C., TEMPLE, E., MCKAY, M.T., ZIVKOVIC, U.,
PERRY, J.L., MELLO, Z.R., MUSIL, Z.R. & COLE, J.C.
(2018). A theoretical approach to the Zimbardo Time
Perspective Inventory : Results from America, Australia,
Slovenia, and the United Kingdom. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 34, 41-51. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Worthington
Everett ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
pardon. Collaborateur de McCullough.
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L. & DIBLASIO, F. (1990). Promoting
mutual forgiveness within the fractured relationship.Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 27, 219-230. |
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L., WADE, N.G., HIGHT, T.L., RIPLEY, J.S.,
McCULLOUGH, M.E., BERRY, J.W. & O'CONNOR, L. (2003).
The Religious Commitment Inventory-10 : Development,
refinement, and validation of a brief scale for research
and counseling. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 50
(1), 84-96. [PDF] |
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L. & SCHERER, M. (2004). Forgiveness is
an emotion- focused coping strategy that can reduce health
risks and promote healthresilience : Theory, review, and
hypotheses. Psychology & Health, 19,
385-405. |
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L., WITVLIET, C.V.O., PIETRINI, P. &
MILLER, A.J. (2007). Forgiveness, health, and well-being :
A review of evidence for emotional versus decisional
forgiveness, dispositional forgivingness, and reduced
unforgiveness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 30,
291-302. |
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L. & ATEN, J.D. (2009). Psychotherapy
with religious and spiritual clients : An introduction. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 65, 123-130. |
|
|
|
Wortman
Camille B. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du
deuil et de la perte
d'un être cher. Collaboratrice de Bonanno.
|
WORTMAN, C.B., ADESMAN, P., HERMAN, E. & GREENBERG, R.
(1976). Self-disclosure : An attributional perspective. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 33,
184-191. |
|
WORTMAN, C.B. & SILVER, R.C. (1989). The myths of
coping with loss. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 57 (3), 349-357. [PDF] |
|
WORTMAN, C.B. BATTLEE. S. & LEMKAU, J. P. (1997).
Coming to terms with sudden, traumatic death of a spouse
or child. In R. C. Davis & A. J. Lurigio (Eds.), Victims
of crime (pp. 108-133). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
WORTMAN, C.B. (2004). Post-traumatic growth : Progress and
problems. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 81-90. |
|
WORTMAN, C.B. & BOEMER, K. (2011). Beyond the myths of
coping with loss : Prevailing assumptions versus
scientific evidence. In H.S. Friedman (Ed.), The
Oxford Handbook of Health Psychology (pp. 265-324).
Oxford Handbook Online. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wozniak Robert H. ( ) : Psychologue
et historien
américain, spécialisé notamment dans l'étude du béhaviorisme.
 |
WOZNIAK, R.H. (1983). Lev Semonovich Vygotsky (1896-1934).
History of Psychology Newsletter, 15, 49-55. |
|
WOZNIAK, R.H. (1992). Mind and body : Rene Descartes
to William James. Bethesda, Washington : National
Library of Medicine and the American Psychological
Association. |
|
WOZNIAK, R.H. & SANTIAGO-BLAY, J. (2013). Trouble at
Tyson Alley : James Mark Baldwin's arrest in a Baltimore
bordello. History of Psychology, 16 (4),
227-248. |
|
WOZNIAK, R.H. (Ed.) (1993). Experimental and
comparative roots of early behaviourism : Studies of
animal and infant behaviour. London :
Routledge/Thoemmes Press. |
|
WOZNIAK, R.H. (1996). Qu'est-ce que l'intelligence ?
Piaget, Vygotsky, and the 1920s crisis in psychology. In
A. Tryphon & J. Vonèche (Eds.), Piaget-Vygotsky.
The social genesis of thought (pp. 11-24). Hove,
East Sussex : Psychology Press. |
|
|
|
|
WPPSI
: Test inventé
en 1972 par Weschler pour mesurer l'intelligence
des enfants de 2 ans 9 mois à 7 ans. Moyenne = 100 :
Écart-Type=15. Wechsler Preschool
and Primary School Scale
of Intelligence.
|
| WRANGHAM
- WRIGHT - WULF - WUNDT
- WURBEL - WURTMAN -
WY |
Wrangham
Richard W. (1948-) : Anthropologue
et primatologue
anglais. Étudiant de Goodall
et Hinde. Professeur de Hare.
Collaborateur de Boesch,
Goodall, Johnson,
Krief, McDermott,
McGrew,
Nishida, Silk, Tutin
et Whiten.
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1980). An ecological model of
female-bonded primate groups. Behaviour, 75,
262-300. |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1993). The evolution of sexuality in
chimpanzees and bonobos. Human Nature, 4 (1),
47-79. |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1997). Subtle, secret female chimpanzees.
Science, 277 (5327), 774-775. |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W. (1999). Evolution of coalitionary killing.
Yearbook of Physical Anthropology, 42, 1-30. |
|
WRANGHAM, R.W., HOLLAND JONES, J., LADEN, G., PILBEAM, D.
& CONKIN-BRITTAIN, N. (1999). The raw and the stolen :
Cooking and the ecology of human origins. Current
Anthropology, 40 (5), 567-594.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wright Benjamin Drake (Wilkes-Barre 1926-2015 Chicago) :
Psychométricien et mathématicien
américain, spécialisé dans la mesure et l'évaluation, notamment en
éducation. Il s'intéresse
également aux conditions d'enseignement
des enseignants
et des professeurs.
Étudiant de Platt et
Bettelheim. Collaborateur de
Linacre.
|
WRIGHT, B.D. & BETTELHEIM, B. (1957). Professional
identity and personal rewards in teaching. The
Elementary School Journal, 57, 297-307. |
|
WRIGHT, B.D. & DOUGLAS, G.A. (1977). Best procedures
for sample-free item analysis. Applied Psychological
Measurement, 1, 281-294. |
|
WRIGHT, B.D. & LINACRE, J.M. (1989). Observations are
always ordinal; measurements, however, must be interval. Archives
of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 70 (12),
857-867. [LIRE] |
|
WRIGHT, B.D. (1996). Comparing Rasch measurement and
factor analysis. Structural Equation Modeling, 3 (1),
3-24. |
|
WRIGHT, B.D. (1997). A history of social science
measurement. Educational Measurement : Issues &
Practice, 16 (4), 33-45, 52. LIRE] |
|
|
|
Wright
Chauncey (Northampton États-Unis 1830-1875 Cambridge
États-Unis) : Philosophe
et mathématicien
américain. Il est un ardent défenseur de la théorie
de l'évolution de Darwin.
 |
WRIGHT, C. (1866). Mill on Comte. Nation, II, 21. |
|
WRIGHT, C. (1877/1971). Philosophical discussions.
New York : Burt Franklin. |
|
WRIGHT, C. (1878). Letters of Chauncey Wright, with some
account of his Life. In J. Bradley Thayer (Ed.), Privately
published/American biography series. |
|
WRIGHT, C. (1878). Philosophical writings of Chauncey
Wright. In E. Madden (Ed.), Representative selections.
New York : Liberal Arts Press. |
|
|
MADDEN, E.H. (1963). Chauncey Wright and the
foundations of pragmatism. Seattle : University of
Washington Press. |
|
|
|
Wright
Daniel B. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'information trompeuse et des
faux souvenirs. Collaborateur de Loftus.
|
WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1998). How misinformation
alters memories. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 71, 155-164. |
|
WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1999). Measuring
dissociation : Comparison of alternative forms of the
dissociative experiences scale. The American Journal
of Psychology, 112 (4), 497-519. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, D.B. & STROUD, J.N. (1998). Memory quality and
misinformation for peripheral and central objects. Legal
& Criminological Psychology, 3, 273-286. |
|
WRIGHT, D.B. (2003). Making friends with your data :
Improving how statistics are conducted and reported.
British Journal of Educational Psychology, 73,
123-136. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, D.B., HORRY, R. & SKAGERBERG, E.M. (2009).
Functions for traditional and multilevel approaches to
signal detection theory. Behavior Research Methods,
41, 257-267. |
|
|
|
Wright
Eric Olin (Berkley 1947-2019 Millwaukee) :
Sociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des
classes sociales et des inégalités
sociales.
 |
WRIGHT, E.O. & PERONE, L. (1978). Marxist class
categories and income inequality. American
Sociological Review, 42 (1), 32-55. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (1978). Race, class, and income
inequality. American Journal of Sociology, 85
(6), 1368-1397.
[PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (2002). The shadow of exploitation in Weber's
class analysis. American Sociological Review, 67, 832-853.
[PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (2012). The triadic model of society in
somers' genealogies of citizenship. Socio-economic
Review, 9, 405-418. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.O. (2016). Real utopias and the dilemmas of
institutional transformation. Justice, Power &
Resistance, 1 (1), 33-52. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wright James D. (Logansport 1944-2019) :
Sociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'itinérance, de la violence
et de l'usage des armes. Collaborateur
de Lee et Wood.
|
WRIGHT, J.D. (1988). The mentally ill homeless : what is
myth and what is fact ? Social Problems, 35, 182-191. |
|
WRIGHT, J.D. (1990). Poor people, poor health : the health
status of the homeless. Journal of Social Issues, 6, 49-64. |
|
WRIGHT, J.D. & DEVINE, J.A. (1990). Counting the
homeless : the Census Bureau's "s-night" in five US
cities. Evaluation Review, 16, 355-364. |
|
WRIGHT, J.D. & DEVINE, J.A. (1995). Housing dynamics
of the homeless : implications for a count. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 65, 320-333. |
|
WRIGHT, J.D. (1995). Ten essential observations on guns in
America. Society, 32 (3), 63-68. |
|
|
|
Wright
John ( ) : Psychologue
québécois et professeur à
l'Université de Montréal. Il se spécialise dans la thérapie
de couple. Collaborateur de Sabourin
et Tourigny.
 |
WRIGHT, J. (1985). La survie du couple. Ottawa :
La presse. |
|
WRIGHT, J., LUSSIER, Y., SABOURIN, S. & PERRON, A.
(1999). L'abus sexuel à l'endroit des enfants. Dans E.
Habimana, M. Tousignant & L. Éthier (Éds.),
Psychopathologie de l'enfant et de l'adolescent
(pp. 615-639). Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
WRIGHT, J., FRIEDRICH, W.N., CINQ-MARS, C., CYR, M. &
McDUFF, P. (2004). Self-destructive and delinquent
behaviours of adolescent female victims of child sexual
abuse : Rates and covariates in clinical and nonclinical
samples. Violence & Victims, 19 (6),
627-643. |
|
WRIGHT, J., SABOURIN, S. MONDOR, J. & McDUFF, P.
(2007). The clinical eepresentativeness of couple therapy
outcome research. Family Process, 46, 301-316. |
|
WRIGHT, J., LUSSIER, Y. & SABOURIN, S. (2008). Manuel
clinique des psychothérapies de couple. Québec :
PUQ. |
|
|
|
Wright John C. ( ) :
Psychologue américain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment des effets de la télévision
sur ce processus, plus particulièrement sur l'attention.
Collaborateur de Calvert et
Huston.
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1983). A matter of form :
Potentials of television for young viewers American
Psychologist, 38, 835-843. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ROSS, R.P., CALVERT, S.L.,
ROLANDELLI, D., WEEKS, L.A., RAESSI, P. & POTTS, R.
(1984). Pace and continuity of television programs :
Effects on children's attention and comprehension. Developmental
Psychology, 20 (4), 653-666. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., KINKEL, D., PINON, M. & HUSTON, A C.
(1989). Children's affective and cognitive reactions to
televised coverage of the space shuttle disaster.
Journal of Communication, 39 (2), 27-45. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., REITZ, A.L. & PIEMYAT, S.
(1994). Children's perceptions of television reality:
Determinants and developmental differences. Developmental
Psychology, 30, 229-239. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ALVAREZ, M., TRUGLIO, R.,
FITCH, M. & PIEMYAT, S. (1995). Perceived television
reality and children's emotional and cognitive responses
to its social content. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 16, 231-251. |
|
|
|
Wright
John C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude des chiens
et des chats, notamment du comportement
de mordre.
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1980). The development of social structure
during the primary socialization period in German
shepherds. Developmental Psychobiology, 13 (1),
17-24. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1983). The effects of differential rearing
on exploratory behavior in puppies. Applied Animal
Ethology, 10, 27-34. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & NESSELROTE, M.S. (1987). Classification
of behavior problems in dogs : Distributions of age,
breed, sex, and reproductive status. Applied Animal
Behavior Science, 19, 169-178. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Reported cat bites : Characteristics
of the cats, the victims, and the attack settings. Public
Health Reports, 105 (4), 420-424. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., SMITH, A., DANIEL, K. & ADKINS, K.
(2007). Dog breed stereotype and exposure to negative
behavior : Effects on perceptions of adoptability.
Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 10 (3),
255-265. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wright
Larry ( ) : Philosophe
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'explication,
notamment de type
téléologique.
|
WRIGHT, L. (1973). Functions. Philosophical Review,
82, 139-168. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1974). Mechanisms and purposive Behavior III.
Philosophy of Science, 41 (4), 345-360. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1976). Teleological explanation.
Berkeley : University of California Press. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (2001). Justification, discovery, reason &
argument. Argumentation, 15 (1), 97-104. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (2002). Reasoning and explaining. Argumentation,
16 (1), 33-46. |
|
|
BOORSE, C. (1976). Wright on functions. Philosophical
Review, 85, 70-86. |
|
|
|
Wright Logan (Wellington 1933-1999 Norman) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de
l'encoprésie. Il est l'un des fondateurs de la pédiatrie
psychologique. Président de l'APA
en 1985.
 |
WRIGHT, L. (1967). The pediatric psychologist : A role
model. American Psychologist, 22, 323-325. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1973). Handling the encopretic child. Professional
Psychology, 4, 137-144. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1973). Aversive conditioning of self-induced
seizures. Behavior Therapy, 4, 712-713 |
|
WRIGHT, L. & WALKER, C.E. (1976). Behavioral treatment
of encopresis. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4,
35- 37. |
|
WRIGHT, L. & WALKER, E. (1977). Treatment of the child
with psychogenic encopresis : An effective program of
therapy. Clinical Pediatrics, 16 (11), 1042-1045. |
|
|
WILLIS, D.J. (2000). In Memoriam : Logan Wright, Jr., PhD
(1933-1999). Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25 (5),
359-361.
[PDF] |
|
PERLOFF, R. & STRICKLAND, B. (2001). Obituary : Logan
Wright (1933-1999). American Psychologist, 56
(11), 1046-1047. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wright
Sewall (1889-1988) : Biologiste
et généticien américain.
Il est considéré par plusieurs historiens
des sciences comme l'un des fondateurs de la génétique
des populations (avec Haldane
et Fisher). Professeur de Crow
et Kimura.
 |
WRIGHT, S. (1912). Notes on the anatomy of the trematode,
Microphallus opacw. Transactions of the American
Microscopical Society, 31,167-175. |
|
WRIGHT, S. (1932). The roles of mutation, inbreeding,
crossbreeding and selection in evolution. Proceedings
of the Sixth International Congress of Genetics, 1, 356-366.
|
|
WRIGHT, S. (1968/1969/1977/1978). Evolution and the
genetics of populations. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
WRIGHT, S. (1986). Evolution : Selected papers. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
WRIGHT, S. (1988). Surfaces of selective value revisited.
American Naturalist, 131, 115-123. |
|
|
|
Wulf
Gabriele ( ) :
Psychologue allemande, spécialisée dans l'étude des
habiletés motrices. Elle s'intéresse notamment au rôle de l'attention
dans l'apprentissage
d'habiletés motrices complexes. Collaboratrice de
Schmidt.
|
WULF, G. & SCHMIDT, R.A. (1988). Variability in
practice : Facilitation in retention and transfer through
schema formation or context effects ? Journal of
Motor Behavior, 20, 133-149. |
|
WULF, G. & SCHMIDT, R.A. (1989). The learning of
generalized motor programs : Reducing the relative
frequency of knowledge of results enhances memory.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 15, 748-757. |
|
WULF, G. (2001).The automaticity of complex motor skill
learning as a function of attentional focus. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54A
(4), 1143-1150.
[PDF] |
|
WULF, G. (2007). On attentional focus and motor learning.
E-Journal Bewegung und Training, 1, 1-64. [PDF]
|
|
WULF, G., FREITAS, H.E. & TANDY, R.D. (2014). Choosing
to exercise more : Small choices can increase exercise
engagement. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 15, 268-271. |
|
|
|
Wundt
Wilhelm Maximilian (Neckarau Allemagne 1832-1920
Grossbothen Allemagne) :
Physiologiste allemand. Fondateur du premier laboratoire
de psychologie
scientifique, en 1879, à l'Université
de Leipzig en Allemagne. Père du structuralisme
en psychologie (contesté par plusieurs historiens qui attribuent
plutôt la paternité du structuralisme à Titchener,
un élève de Wundt). Pour cette raison, certains historiens
des sciences suggèrent donc de remplacer le mot
structuralisme par élémentarisme.
Selon lui, il faut étudier l'esprit conscient au moyen des
méthodes élaborées par les sciences
de la nature. Il s'oppose à l'introspection
conventionnelle, qu'il porose de remplacer par l'introspection
dirigée ou expérimentale. Étudiant de Dubois-Reymond,
Helmholtz et
Müller. Professeur de Bourdon,
Cattel, Hall, Judd,
Kraepelin, Külpe,
Michotte,
Münsterberg, Scott, Scripture,
Stratton, Titchener,
Witmer, Wolfe.
Collaborateur de Bechterev.
 
No
93 |
WUNDT, W. (1874/1910). Principles of physiological
psychology. New York : MacMillan. |
|
WUNDT, W. (1896/97). Outlines of psychology. London
: Stechert. |
|
WUNDT, W. (1912). An introduction to psychology. London
: George Allen. |
|
WUNDT, W. (1916). Element of folk psychology. London
: Allen and Unwin. |
|
WUNDT, W. (1896). Lectures on human and animal
psychology. New York : Macmillan. |
|
|
VAN BIERVLIET, J.J. (1892). La psychologie expérimentale :
l'Institut de M. Wundt à Leipzig. Revue de
l'Instruction Publique en Belgique, 35, 177-192. |
BENJAMIN, L. (1997). Wilhelm Wundt : The American
connection. In Bringmann et al. (Eds.). A pictorial
history of psychology (pp. 140-147). Chicago :
Quintessence. |
|
TITCHENER, E.B. (1921). Wilhelm Wundt. American
Journal of Psychology, 32, 161-178. |
HATFIELD, G. (1997). Wundt and psychology as science :
disciplinary transformations. Perspectives on
Science, 5, 349-382. [LIRE] |
|
TINKER, M.A. (1932). Wundt's doctorate students and their
theses : 1875-1920. American Journal of Psychology,
44, 630-637. |
|
|
MISCHEL, T. (1969). Wundt and the conceptual fondations of
psycholoy. Psychology & Phenomenological
Research, 23, 578-594. |
|
|
BLUMENTHAL, A.L. (1975). A reappraisal of Wilhelm Wundt. American
Psychologist, 30, 1081-1088. |
NERLICH, B. & CLARKE, D.D. (1998). The linguistic
repudiation of Wundt. History of Psychology, 1
(3), 179-204. |
|
BRINGMANN, W.G. (1975). Wundt in Heidelberg (1845-1874). Canadian
Psychological Review, 16, 124-129. |
|
|
BRINGMANN, W.G., BALANCE, W.D.G. & EVANS, R. (1975).
Wilhelm Wundt 1832-1920: A brief biographical sketch. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 11, 287-297. |
DIAMOND, S. (2001). Wundt before Leipzig. In R.W. Rieber
& D.K. Robinson (Eds.), Wilhelm Wundt in history
: the making of a scientific psychology (pp.
1-68). New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum. |
|
DANZIGER, K. (1979). The positivist repudiation of Wundt.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 15,
205-230. |
DANZIGER, K. (2001). Sealing off the discipline: Wilhelm
Wundt and the psychology of memory. In C.D. Green, M.
Shore & T. Teo (Eds.), The transformation of
psychology : influences of 19th-century philosophy,
technology, and natural science (pp. 45-62).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1979). Wundt, experimental psychology, and
natural science. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 5, 117-129. |
DANZIGER, K. (2001). The unknown Wundt : drive,
apperception, and volition. In R.W. Rieber & D.K.
Robinson (Eds.), Wilhelm Wundt in history : the
making of a scientific psychology (pp. 95-120).
New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum. |
|
BRINGMANN, W.G. & TWEENEY, R.D. (Eds.) (1980). Wundt
studies. Toronto : C.J. Hogrefe. |
GREENWOOD, J.D. (2003). Wundt, Völkerpsychologie, and
experimental social psychology. History of
Psychology, 6 (1), 70-88. |
|
BRINGMANN, W.G., BRINGMANN, N.J. & UNGERER, G.A.
(1980). The establishment of Wundt's laboratory : An
archival and documentary study. In W.G. Bringmann & R.
D. Tweney (Eds.), Wundt studies : A centennial
collection (pp. 123-159). Toronto, Ontario, Canada
: C.J. Hogrefe. |
NICOLAS, S. (2005). Wundt et la fondation en 1879 de son
laboratoire : Histoire documentaire de la création et du
développement de l'Institut de psychologie expérimentale
de Leipzig. L'Année Psychologie, 105 (1),
133-170. [PDF] |
|
BENJAMIN, LT., DRKIN, M., LINK, M., VESTAL, M. &
ACORD, J. (1992). Wundt's American doctoral students.
American Psychologist, 47, 123-131. |
CARPENTER, S.K. (2005). Some neglected contributions of
wilhelm wundt to the psychology of memory.
Psychological Reports, 97, 63-73. [PDF] |
|
FARR, R.M. (1983). Wilhelm Wundt (1832-1920) and the
origins of psychology as an experimental and social
science. British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 289-301. |
WADE, N.J., SAKURAI, K. & GYOBA, J. (2007). Whither
Wundt ? Perception, 36, 163-166. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Würbel Hanno ( ) :
Biologiste suisse spécialisé dans l'étude des effets bien-être
animal et de l'enrichissement
du milieu de vie des animaux
de laboratoire.
|
WÜRBEL, H., CHAPMAN, R. & RUTLAND, C. (1998). Effect
of feed and environmental enrichment on development of
stereotypic wire-gnawing in laboratory mice. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 60, 69-81. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2001). Ideal homes ? Housing effects on rodent
brain and behaviour. Trends in Neurosciences, 24, 207-211. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2007). Publications should include an animal
welfare section. Nature, 446, 257. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2007). Environmental enrichment does not
disrupt standardisation of animal experiments. Altex,
24, 70-73. [PDF]
|
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2009). Ethology applied to animal ethics. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 118, 118-127. |
|
|
|
Wurtman
Richard J. (Philadelphie 1936-2022) :
Médecin américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
glande pinéale. Il s'intéresse également à l'influence de la
lumière sur la production
de mélatonine et sur le
sommeil. Collaborateur de Axelrod.
|
WURTMAN, R.J. & AXELROD, J., PHILLIPS, L.S. (1963).
Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Control by
light. Science, 142 (3595), 1071-1073. [PDF]
|
|
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & FISHER, J.E. (1964).
Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Effect of light
mediated by the sympathic nervous system. Science,
143, 1328-1330. [PDF]
|
|
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & CHU, E.W. (1965).
Melatonin, a pineal substance : Effect on the rat ovary.
Science, 141 (3577), 277-278. [PDF]
|
|
WURTMAN, R.J. & AXELROD, J. (1965). The pineal gland.
Scientific American, 213, 50-60. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
WURTMAN, R.J. & WURTMAN, J.J. (1989). Carbohydrates
and depression. Scientific American, 260, 68-75. |
|
|
|
| WYATT
- WYER - WYNN -
WYNNE - WYNNE-EDWARDS -
Fin |
Wyatt
W. Joseph ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et écrivain de science-fiction, spécialisé dans l'étude de la maltraitance
et des agressions
sexuelles.
|
WYATT, W.J., HAWKINS, R.P. & DAVIS, P. (1986).
Behaviorism : Are reports of its death exaggerated ? The
Behavior Analyst, 9 (1), 101-105. [PDF] |
|
WYATT, W.J. (1993). Identical twins, emergenesis, and
environments. American Psychologist, 48,
1294-1295. |
|
WYATT, W.J. ( ). The millenium man. Third
Millennium Press. |
|
WYATT, W.J. & MIDKIFF, D. (2006). Biological
psychiatry : A practice in search of science. Behavior
& Social Issues, 15, 132-151. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Wyckoff
L. Benjamin (Niagara Falls 1922-2007 Saint Simons
Island) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du
comportement d'observation. Collaborateur de Sidowski
et Skinner.
|
WYCKOFF, L.B. (1951). Resistance to extinction of a lever
pressing response in white rats as a function of number of
reinforcers. Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of
Science, 60, 308. |
|
WYCKOFF, L.B. (1952). The role of observing responses in
discrimination learning. Psychological Review, 59,
431-442. |
|
WYCKOFF, L.B. (1954). A mathematical model and an
electronic model for learning. Psychological Review,
61, 89-97. |
|
WYCKOFF, L.B., SIDOWSKI, J.B. & CHAMBLISS, D.J.
(1958). An experimental study of the relationship between
secondary reinforcing and cue effects of a stimulus.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
51 (1), 103-109. |
|
WYCKOFF, L.B. (1959). Toward a quantitative theory of
secondary reinforcement. Psychological Review, 66, 68-78. |
|
|
ESCOBAR, R. & LATTAL, K.A. (2011). Observing Ben
Wyckoff : From basic research to programmed instruction
and social issues. Behavior Analyst, 34 (2),
149-170. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wyer
Robert S. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
jugement social. Professeur d'Albarracín
et Isbel.
Collaborateur d'Ottati et
Radvansky.
|
WYER, R.S. (1974). Cognitive organization and change
: An information processing approach. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
WYER, R.S. & SRULL, T.K. (1989). Memory and
cognition in its social context. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
WYER, R.S. & COLLINS, J.E. (1992). A theory of humor
elicitation. Psychological Review, 99, 663-688. |
|
WYER, R.S. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (1999). The comprehension
and validation of social information. Psychological
Review, 106, 89-118. |
|
WYER, R.S. & ALBARRACIN, D. (2005). Belief formation,
orgnaizatio in and change : Cognitive and motivational
influences. In D. Albarracin, B.T. Johnson & M.P.
Zanna (Eds.), Handbook of attitudes and attitude
change (pp. 273-322). Mahwah, NJH : Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wynn
Karen ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du
développement, notamment de l'acquisition du nombre.
Collaboratrice de Bloom, Hamlin,
Jackendorf et Scholl.
|
WYNN, K. (1990). Children's understanding of counting. Cognition,
36, 155-193. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human
infants. Nature, 358, 749-750. /(1992).
Capacités d'addition et de soustraction chez le
nourrisson, Journal International de Medecine 245,
25-28. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1995). Infants possess a system of numerical
knowledge. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 4, 172-177. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1998). Psychological foundations of number :
Numerical competence in human infants. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 2, 296-303. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K., BLOOM, P. & CHIANG, W-C. (2002). Enumeration
of collective entities by 5-month-old infants.
Cognition, 83, B55-B62. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wynn
Thomas ( ) : Anthropologue
américain. Collaborateur de Coolidge.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la mémoire de travail chez nos ancêtres
néanderthaliens.
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2002). The role of working
memory in skilled and conceptual thought. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 25, 703-704. |
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2003). The role of working
memory in the evolution of managed farming. Before
Farming : The Anthropology & Archaeology of
Hunters-Gatherers, 2, 1-16. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2004). The skilled
Neanderthal mind. Journal of Human Evolution, 46, 467-487.
[PDF] |
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2006). The effect of
enhanced working memory on language. Journal of Human
Evolution, 50, 230-231. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2008). A stone-age meeting
of minds. American Scientist, 96 (1), 44-51 [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wynne
Clive D. Lyman (Isle of Wight) :
Psychologue béhavioriste britannique, spécialisé dans l'apprentissage,
notamment chez les animaux
(chien, kangourou,
pigeon). Professeur de Udell.
Collaborateur de Solomon
et Staddon.
|
WYNNE, C.D.L. & STADDON, J.E.R. (1988). Typical delay
determines waiting time on periodic-food schedules :
Static and dynamic tests. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 50 (2), 197-210. [PDF] |
|
WYNNE, C.D.L. (1995). Reinforcement accounts for
transitive inference performance. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 23, 207- 217. [PDF] |
|
WYNNE, C.D.L., STADDON, J.E.R. & DELIUS, J.D. (1996).
Dynamics of waiting in pigeons. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65 (3), 603-618.
[PDF] |
|
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2007). What are animals ? Why is
anthropomorphism still not a scientific approach to
behavior ? Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 2, 125-135. [PDF] |
|
WYNNE, C.D.L., UDELL, M.A.R. & LORD, K.A. (2008).
Ontogeny's impacts on human-dog communication. Animal
Behaviour, 76, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Wynne
Lyman C. (Tyler 1923-2007 Bethesda) :
Psychiatre américain et spécialiste de la
thérapie familliale et du traitement et de l'étude de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Kamin,
Solomon,
Tieneri et Wahlberg.
 |
WYNNE, L. & SINGER, M.T. (1963). Thought disorder and
family relations of schizophrenics : I.A Research
strategy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9 (3),
191-198. |
|
WYNNE, L. (1981). Current concepts about schizophrenics
and family relationships. Journal of Nervous &
Mental disorders, 169, 82-89. |
|
WYNNE, L. (1983). Family research and family therapy : A
reunion ? Journal of Martial & Family Therapy, 9,
113-117. |
|
WYNNE, L. (1988). The state of the art in family
therapy research : Controversies and recommendations.
New York : Family Process Inc. |
|
WYNNE, L., TIENARI, P., NIEMINEN, P., SORRI, A., LAHTI,
I., MORING, J., NAARALA, M., LÄKSY, K. WAHLBERG, K.-E.
& MIETTUNEN, J. (2006). Genotype-environment
interaction in the schizophrenia spectrum : genetic
liability and global family ratings in the Finnish
Adoption Study. Family Process, 45, 419-434. |
|
|
WAHLBERG, K.-E. (2007). In Memoriam Lyman C. Wynne, MD,
PhD 1923-2007. Perheterapia, 23 (1), 51-52. |
|
|
|
Wynne-Edwards
Vero Copner (Leeds 1906-1997 Aberdeen) :
Zoologiste et éthologiste
anglais. On lui doit le concept de sélection
de groupe.
 |
WYNNE-EDWARDS, V.C. (1962). Animal dispersion in
relation to social behavior. London : Oliver &
Boyd. |
|
WYNNE-EDWARDS, V.C. (1965). Self-regulating systems in
populations of animals. Science, 147, 1543-1548. |
|
WYNNE-EDWARDS, V.C. (1986). Evolution through group
selection. Oxford : Blackwell Scientific. |
|
|
|
|
WIENS, J.A. (1966). On group selection and wynne-edwards'
hypothesis. American Scientist, 54 (3),
273-287. |
|
POLLOCK, G.B. (1989). Suspending disbelief - of
Wynne-Edwards and his reception. Journal of
Evolutionart Biology, 2 (3), 205-221. [PDF] |
|
BORRELLO, M.E. (2003). Synthesis and selection :
Wynne-Edwards' Challenge to David Lack. Journal of
the History of Biology, 36, 531-566. |
|
|
|
| WAG
- WAL - WAS - WASHBURN
- WATSON - WE - WECHSLER
- WH - WI -
WITKIN - WO - WOLPE
- WOODWORTH - WR -
WUNDT - WY - Début |
|
Comment
citer ce site ?  |
|
Pl@nètePsy©/Claude
Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsw&option=invisible)
